|
|
@@ -0,0 +1,4228 @@
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ This file is part of the Free Pascal run time library.
|
|
|
+ Copyright (c) 2016 by Free Pascal development team
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ intuition.library functions for Amiga OS 4.x
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ See the file COPYING.FPC, included in this distribution,
|
|
|
+ for details about the copyright.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|
|
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|
|
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ **********************************************************************}
|
|
|
+{$PACKRECORDS 2}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+unit intuition;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+interface
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+uses
|
|
|
+ exec, agraphics, utility, inputevent, timer, layers;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+//***** User visible handles on objects, classes, messages
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ Object_ = LongWord;
|
|
|
+ PObject_ = ^Object_;
|
|
|
+ PPObject_ = ^PObject_;
|
|
|
+ ClassID = STRPTR;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// you can use this type to point to a 'generic' message, in the object-oriented programming parlance.
|
|
|
+// Based on the value of 'MethodID', you dispatch to processing for the various message types.
|
|
|
+// The meaningful parameter packet structure definitions are defined below.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ PMsg = ^TMsg;
|
|
|
+ TMsg = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ // method-specific data follows, some examples below
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+//**** IntuiText
|
|
|
+// IntuiText is a series of strings that start with a screen location
|
|
|
+// (always relative to the upper-left corner of something) and then the text of the string. The text is null-terminated.
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PIntuiText = ^TIntuiText;
|
|
|
+ TIntuiText = record
|
|
|
+ FrontPen: Byte;
|
|
|
+ BackPen: Byte; // the pen numbers for the rendering
|
|
|
+ DrawMode: Byte; // the mode for rendering the text
|
|
|
+ LeftEdge: SmallInt; // relative start location for the text
|
|
|
+ TopEdge: SmallInt; // relative start location for the text
|
|
|
+ ITextFont: PTextAttr; // if NULL, you accept the default
|
|
|
+ IText: STRPTR; // pointer to null-terminated text
|
|
|
+ NextText: PIntuiText; // continuation to TxWrite another text
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+//**** Border
|
|
|
+// Data type Border, used for drawing a series of lines which is intended for use as a border drawing, but which may, in fact, be used to render any
|
|
|
+// arbitrary vector shape. The routine DrawBorder sets up the RastPort with the appropriate variables, then does a Move to the first coordinate, then does Draws
|
|
|
+// to the subsequent coordinates. After all the Draws are done, if NextBorder is non-zero we call DrawBorder recursively
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PBorder = ^TBorder;
|
|
|
+ TBorder = record
|
|
|
+ LeftEdge: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ TopEdge: SmallInt; // initial offsets from the origin
|
|
|
+ FrontPen: Byte;
|
|
|
+ BackPen: Byte; // pens numbers for rendering
|
|
|
+ DrawMode: Byte; // mode for rendering
|
|
|
+ Count: Shortint; // number of XY pairs
|
|
|
+ XY: Pointer; // vector coordinate pairs rel to LeftTop
|
|
|
+ NextBorder: PBorder; // pointer to any other Border too
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+//**** MenuItem
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PMenuItem = ^TMenuItem;
|
|
|
+ TMenuItem = record
|
|
|
+ NextItem: PMenuItem; // pointer to next in chained list
|
|
|
+ LeftEdge: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ TopEdge: SmallInt; // position of the select box
|
|
|
+ Width: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ Height: SmallInt; // dimensions of the select box
|
|
|
+ Flags: Word; // see the defines below
|
|
|
+ MutualExclude: LongInt; // set bits mean this item excludes that
|
|
|
+ ItemFill: APTR; // points to Image, IntuiText, or nil
|
|
|
+ // when this item is pointed to by the cursor and the items highlight mode HIGHIMAGE is selected, this alternate image will be displayed
|
|
|
+ SelectFill: APTR; // points to Image, IntuiText, or nil
|
|
|
+ Command: Char; // only if appliprog sets the COMMSEQ flag
|
|
|
+ SubItem: PMenuItem; // if non-zero, DrawMenu shows "->"
|
|
|
+ // The NextSelect field represents the menu number of next selected item (when user has drag-selected several items)
|
|
|
+ NextSelect: Word;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// FLAGS SET BY THE APPLIPROG
|
|
|
+ CHECKIT = $0001; // whether to check this item if selected
|
|
|
+ ITEMTEXT = $0002; // set if textual, clear if graphical item
|
|
|
+ COMMSEQ = $0004; // set if there's an command sequence
|
|
|
+ MENUTOGGLE = $0008; // set to toggle the check of a menu item
|
|
|
+ ITEMENABLED = $0010; // set if this item is enabled
|
|
|
+ SUBMENU = $0200; // set to get standard submenu indicator (V50)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// these are the SPECIAL HIGHLIGHT FLAG state meanings
|
|
|
+ HIGHFLAGS = $00C0; // see definitions below for these bits
|
|
|
+ HIGHIMAGE = $0000; // use the user's "select image"
|
|
|
+ HIGHCOMP = $0040; // highlight by complementing the selectbox
|
|
|
+ HIGHBOX = $0080; // highlight by "boxing" the selectbox
|
|
|
+ HIGHNONE = $00C0; // don't highlight
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// FLAGS SET BY BOTH APPLIPROG AND INTUITION
|
|
|
+ CHECKED = $0100; // if CHECKIT, then set this when selected
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// FLAGS SET BY INTUITION
|
|
|
+ BOOPSIMENU = $0400; // item is a BOOPSI object, hence a black box
|
|
|
+ ISDRAWN = $1000; // this item's subs are currently drawn
|
|
|
+ HIGHITEM = $2000; // this item is currently highlighted
|
|
|
+ MENUTOGGLED = $4000; // this item was already toggled
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+//**** Menu
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PMenu = ^TMenu;
|
|
|
+ TMenu = record
|
|
|
+ NextMenu: PMenu; // same level
|
|
|
+ LeftEdge: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ TopEdge: SmallInt; // position of the select box
|
|
|
+ Width: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ Height: SmallInt; // dimensions of the select box
|
|
|
+ Flags: Word; // see flag definitions below
|
|
|
+ MenuName: STRPTR; // text for this Menu Header
|
|
|
+ FirstItem: PMenuItem; // pointer to first in chain
|
|
|
+ // these mysteriously-named variables are for internal use only
|
|
|
+ JazzX, JazzY, BeatX, BeatY: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// FLAGS SET BY BOTH THE APPLIPROG AND INTUITION }
|
|
|
+ MENUENABLED = $0001; // whether or not this menu is enabled
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Menu class attributes
|
|
|
+ MA_Dummy = TAG_USER + $440000;
|
|
|
+ MA_Type = MA_Dummy + 1; // (LongWord) Type of a menuclass object. Defaults to T_ROOT.
|
|
|
+ MA_Label = MA_Dummy + 2; // (STRPTR) Label of the object, which can be either a menu title or a menu (sub-)item text, depending on the object's type.
|
|
|
+ MA_Level = MA_Dummy + 3; // (LongInt) How deep the object is in the menu tree.
|
|
|
+ MA_Separator = MA_Dummy + 4; // (BOOL) If TRUE, declares the object as a separator bar between two items.
|
|
|
+ MA_ID = MA_Dummy + 5; // (LongWord) Menu item ID assigned by the application.
|
|
|
+ MA_Key = MA_Dummy + 6; // (STRPTR) Single-character keyboard shortcut or full command string for the menu item object.
|
|
|
+ MA_Image = MA_Dummy + 7; // (PImage) An Intuition image, either traditional or BOOPSI, to be displayed at the left side of (or in place of) the menu item label.
|
|
|
+ MA_Disabled = MA_Dummy + 8; // (BOOL) If TRUE, the menu title or item will appear in a disabled look and won't be selectable.
|
|
|
+ MA_Toggle = MA_Dummy + 9; // (BOOL) If TRUE, the item represents an option which can be switched on or off.
|
|
|
+ MA_MX = MA_Dummy + 10; // (LongWord) If non-zero, the item represents an option which is mutually exclusive with certain other options
|
|
|
+ MA_Selected = MA_Dummy + 11; // (BOOL) The state of a toggle or mutual exclude item; if TRUE, the item is checked (on), otherwise it is unchecked (off).
|
|
|
+ MA_UserData = MA_Dummy + 12; // (LongWord) Application-specific user data which can be associated to a menu or menu item object and read back at any time. Defaults to zero.
|
|
|
+ MA_Parent = MA_Dummy + 13; // (PObject_) The parent of an object in the menu tree; this will be the menu root for a menu title,
|
|
|
+ MA_EvenSize = MA_Dummy + 14; // (BOOL) If TRUE, all children (items or sub-items) of the object will have the same height
|
|
|
+ MA_Hidden = MA_Dummy + 15; // (BOOL) If TRUE, this object will not appear at menu display time.
|
|
|
+ MA_MenuHelpID= MA_Dummy + 16; // (LongWord) ID number of the menu item or menu title for which the user requested help during the last menu session.
|
|
|
+ MA_LastSelected = MA_Dummy + 17; // (LongWord) Index of the most recently selected child (item or sub-item) of the object.
|
|
|
+ MA_MenuPosX = MA_Dummy + 18; // (LongInt) Left edge of the main panel of a context menu. Ignored if the menu tree is not used as a context menu.
|
|
|
+ MA_MenuPosY = MA_Dummy + 19; // (LongInt) Top edge of the main panel of a context menu. Ignored if the menu tree is not used as a context menu.
|
|
|
+ MA_AddChild = MA_Dummy + 50; // (PObject_) An object which is to become a child of the current object.
|
|
|
+ MA_RemoveChild = MA_Dummy + 51; // (PObject_) An object which is to be removed from the list of children of the current object.
|
|
|
+ MA_StringHook= MA_Dummy + 80; // (PHook) A hook used for dynamic localization of menu strings.
|
|
|
+ MA_Catalog = MA_Dummy + 81; // (PCatalog) A catalog used for dynamic localization of menu strings. This is ignored if you don't also set MA_StringHook.
|
|
|
+ MA_MinStringID = MA_Dummy + 82; // (LongWord) The lower bound of the range within which a value passed via MA_Label or MA_Key must lie to be considered a string ID (used for dynamic localization) rather than an actual string.
|
|
|
+ MA_MaxStringID = MA_Dummy + 83; // (LongWord) The upper bound of the range within which a value passed via MA_Label or MA_Key must lie to be considered a string ID (used for dynamic localization) rather than an actual string.
|
|
|
+ MA_CharSet = MA_Dummy + 84; // (LongWord) The charset (character set) for the label and the keyboard shortcut, if any, of the current menu or menu item object.
|
|
|
+ MA_TextAttr = MA_Dummy + 85; // (PTextAttr) The font for the item's label (and shortcut).
|
|
|
+ MA_EmbeddedKey = MA_Dummy + 86; // (BOOL) If TRUE, menu item labels can have a single letter prepended to them, separated with a #0 character, which will be used as the item's keyboard shortcut.
|
|
|
+ MA_FreeImage = MA_Dummy + 87; // (BOOL) If TRUE, a BOOPSI image passed via MA_Image is automatically disposed of when the object itself is.
|
|
|
+ MA_PickHook = MA_Dummy + 88; // (PHook) A custom hook which is invoked during the processing of menu pick events to handle the selection of this menu item object.
|
|
|
+ MA_HelpHook = MA_Dummy + 89; // (PHook) A custom hook which is invoked during the processing of menu help events to handle a help request on this menu object.
|
|
|
+ MA_ErrorCode = MA_Dummy + 98; // (PLongInt) Pointer to a longword variable to store error codes in.
|
|
|
+ MA_ErrorTagItem = MA_Dummy + 99; // (PPTagItem) When an error occurs whilst processing the tag list passed to OM_NEW, OM_SET or MM_NEWMENU, you can have a pointer to the item that caused the error passed back via the MA_ErrorTagItem tag.
|
|
|
+// Possible values for MA_Type.
|
|
|
+ T_ROOT = -1; // The menu tree root
|
|
|
+ T_MENU = 0; // A menu
|
|
|
+ T_ITEM = 1; // A menu item (or sub-item)
|
|
|
+ // MA_Label should be a text string, or the special constant ML_SEPARATOR, to get a separator bar.
|
|
|
+ // The latter is equivalent to omitting MA_Label and passing MA_Separator, TRUE instead.
|
|
|
+ ML_SEPARATOR = STRPTR(not 0);
|
|
|
+ // This means "no menu selection" and must never be passed as a value for the MA_ID attribute.
|
|
|
+ NO_MENU_ID = 0;
|
|
|
+ // You can OR these to the value of MA_MenuPosX or MA_MenuPosY (if it is non-negative) to alter the way it gets interpreted by Intuition.
|
|
|
+ CMENU_RIGHT = $10000000; // Value is right edge, not left edge
|
|
|
+ CMENU_BOTTOM = $10000000; // Value is bottom edge, not top edge
|
|
|
+ CMENU_CENTER = $20000000; // Value is center, not left/top edge
|
|
|
+ // Special value for the MA_MenuPosX and MA_MenuPosY attributes, meaning "centered relative to mouse pointer".
|
|
|
+ CMENU_CENTER_MOUSE = $2FFFFFFF;
|
|
|
+// Menu method identifiers
|
|
|
+ MM_FINDID = 4001; // Return address of menu object in tree with given ID
|
|
|
+ MM_SCAN = 4002; // Do a recursive scan of menu tree with custom hook
|
|
|
+ MM_NEWMENU = 4003; // Build a whole menu (sub-)tree from a tag list
|
|
|
+ MM_DELETEMENU = 4004; // Free menu (sub-)tree built by MM_NEWMENU
|
|
|
+ MM_NEXTCHILD = 4005; // Get address of next child of a menu object
|
|
|
+ MM_SETSTATE = 4006; // Change checked/disabled attributes of item with given ID
|
|
|
+ MM_GETSTATE = 4007; // Read checked/disabled attributes of item with given ID
|
|
|
+ MM_NEXTSELECT = 4009; // Get next ID in menu item selection chain
|
|
|
+ MM_HANDLEPICK = 4011; // Browse through menu selections, invoking pick hooks
|
|
|
+ MM_HANDLEHELP = 4012; // Return menu help ID or invoke help hook if non-nil
|
|
|
+ MM_SETUP = 4013; // Prepare a menu (sub-)tree for display; normally not needed
|
|
|
+ MM_CLEANUP = 4014; // Release all resources allocated during menu setup
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+// Parameter "messages" passed to menu class methods
|
|
|
+// MM_FINDID - Return the address of the menuclass object having the specified ID, if it exists in the menu tree, otherwise nil.
|
|
|
+ PmpFindID = ^TmpFindID;
|
|
|
+ TmpFindID = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mpfi_Reserved: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mpfi_ID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+// MM_SCAN - Do a recursive scan of the menu tree. For each object in the tree, the specified hook is
|
|
|
+// invoked on it and is passed a MenuScanMessage structure (see below) as message.
|
|
|
+ PmpScan = ^TmpScan;
|
|
|
+ TmpScan = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mps_Reserved: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mps_Hook: PHook;
|
|
|
+ mps_Args: array[0..3] of LongWord
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+// MM_NEWMENU - Build a whole menu (sub-)tree from a compact tag-based description, with less typing,
|
|
|
+// more readability, greater efficiency and better error checking than doing so through a series of nested NewObject() calls.
|
|
|
+ PmpNewMenu = ^TmpNewMenu;
|
|
|
+ TmpNewMenu = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mpnm_Reserved: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mpnm_AttrList: PTagItem;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+// MM_DELETEMENU - Free a whole menu (sub-)tree that was built via MM_NEWMENU.
|
|
|
+ PmpDeleteMenu = ^TmpDeleteMenu;
|
|
|
+ TmpDeleteMenu = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mpdm_Reserved: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+// MM_NEXTCHILD - Return the object which comes next after the passed one in the children list of the menuclass object it's invoked on.
|
|
|
+// If nil is passed for mpnc_Current, the first child in the list is returned; if mpnc_Current is the last child in the list, NULL is returned.
|
|
|
+// This method can be used in a loop to browse through all children of a given object.
|
|
|
+ PmpNextChild = ^TmpNextChild;
|
|
|
+ TmpNextChild = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mpnc_Reserved: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mpnc_Current: PObject_;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+// MM_SETSTATE - Change the state of the "checked" and/or "disabled" attribute of the menuclass object having the specified ID. The apply mask
|
|
|
+// defines which attributes are to be changed, and the state mask what they should be changed to; they can be a combination of the MS_CHECKED and MS_DISABLED bits.
|
|
|
+ PmpSetState = ^TmpSetState;
|
|
|
+ TmpSetState = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mpss_Reserved: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mpss_ID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mpss_ApplyMask: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mpss_StateMask: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+// MM_GETSTATE - Examine the state of the "checked" and "disabled" attributes of the menuclass object
|
|
|
+// having the specified ID. The result is a bit mask with a combination of MS_CHECKED and MS_DISABLED.
|
|
|
+ PmpGetState = ^TmpGetState;
|
|
|
+ TmpGetState = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mpgs_Reserved: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mpgs_ID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+// MM_NEXTSELECT - Get the ID of the next menu item picked by the user during the most recent menu selection operation.
|
|
|
+ PmpNextSelect = ^TmpNextSelect;
|
|
|
+ TmpNextSelect = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mpns_Reserved: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mpns_CurrentID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+// MM_HANDLEPICK - Browse through the menu selection list and invoke the pick hook of each selected item that has one.
|
|
|
+// Every time an item with a nil pick hook is encountered in the list, stop and return its ID.
|
|
|
+ PmpHandleEvent = ^TmpHandleEvent;
|
|
|
+ TmpHandleEvent = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mphe_Reserved: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mphe_CurrentID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mphe_Window: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ mphe_UserData: APTR;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+// MM_SETUP - Prepare a menu (sub-)tree for display by allocating any needed resources and computing geometric properties.
|
|
|
+ PmpSetup = ^TmpSetup;
|
|
|
+ TmpSetup = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mps_Reserved: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ mps_Initial: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// Special control tags for MM_NEWMENU
|
|
|
+ NM_Dummy = TAG_USER + $450000;
|
|
|
+ NM_Menu = NM_Dummy + 1; // (STRPTR) Used to add a new menu object to the menu root.
|
|
|
+ NM_Item = NM_Dummy + 2; // (STRPTR) Used to add a new menu item object to the current menu.
|
|
|
+ NM_SubItems = NM_Dummy + 3; // (LongWord) Used to begin and end a list of sub-items of the current menu item.
|
|
|
+// Values for NM_SubItems
|
|
|
+ SI_BEGIN = 1; // This begins a sub-item list
|
|
|
+ SI_END = 0; // This ends a sub-item list
|
|
|
+// Possible state flags for MM_SETSTATE/MM_GETSTATE
|
|
|
+ MS_CHECKED = 1;
|
|
|
+ MS_DISABLED = 2;
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+// The string hook specified via MA_StringHook receives this message.
|
|
|
+ PMenuStringMessage = ^TMenuStringMessage;
|
|
|
+ TMenuStringMessage = record
|
|
|
+ StructSize: LongWord; // For future expansion
|
|
|
+ StringID: LongWord; // The string ID number
|
|
|
+ Catalog: Pointer; // (PCatalog) Catalog pointer, may be nil
|
|
|
+ CharSet: LongWord; // Charset number, may be zero
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+// The menu scan hook passed to MM_SCAN receives this message. The four Args variables hold the same values which
|
|
|
+// were passed upon method invocation; they can be used to feed your custom arguments to the hook.
|
|
|
+ PMenuScanMessage = ^TMenuScanMessage;
|
|
|
+ TMenuScanMessage = record
|
|
|
+ StructSize: LongWord; // For future expansion
|
|
|
+ Level: LongInt; // How deep we are in the menu tree
|
|
|
+ Args: array[0..3] of LongWord; // Custom arguments
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Pick hooks and help hooks specified via MA_PickHook and MA_HelpHook receive this message. The UserData field contains any
|
|
|
+// context information that was passed by the application upon MM_HANDLEPICK or MM_HANDLEHELP method invocation.
|
|
|
+ PMenuEventMessage = ^TMenuEventMessage;
|
|
|
+ TMenuEventMessage = record
|
|
|
+ StructSize: LongWord; // For future expansion
|
|
|
+ EventType: LongWord; // ET_MENUPICK or ET_MENUHELP
|
|
|
+ Window: Pointer; // (PWindow) Event window pointer
|
|
|
+ UserData: APTR; // Custom data pointer
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// Values for MenuEventMessage.EventType
|
|
|
+ ET_MENUPICK = 0;
|
|
|
+ ET_MENUHELP = 1;
|
|
|
+// Menu-specific error codes MM_NEWMENU can return (via MA_ErrorCode) in addition to standard DOS error codes.
|
|
|
+ ERROR_TITLE_OUT_OF_PLACE = 4001; // A menu title was found at the wrong position in the tree.
|
|
|
+ ERROR_SUBITEMS_WITHOUT_PARENT = 4002; // A sub-item list was started without having a parent item first.
|
|
|
+ ERROR_ITEM_WITHOUT_ID = 4003; // No ID was set for a menu item or sub-item which needs one.
|
|
|
+ ERROR_SEPARATOR_AT_TITLE_LEVEL = 4004; // A separator was inserted before the first menu title.
|
|
|
+ ERROR_BAD_ACTION_ON_ROOT = 4005; // An unsupported attribute was specified for a menu root object.
|
|
|
+ ERROR_BAD_ACTION_ON_MENU = 4006; // An unsupported attribute was specified for a menu object.
|
|
|
+ ERROR_BAD_ACTION_ON_ITEM = 4007; // An unsupported attribute was specified for a menu item object.
|
|
|
+ ERROR_BAD_ACTION_ON_SEPARATOR = 4008; // An unsupported attribute was specified for a separator.
|
|
|
+ ERROR_ITEM_ID_IS_ZERO = 4009; // An ID of zero was specified for a menu item or sub-item.
|
|
|
+ ERROR_COMM_KEY_AT_TITLE_LEVEL = 4010; // A command key was specified for a menu title.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ SNA_PubName = TAG_USER + $01; // public screen to watch, nil for all screens
|
|
|
+ SNA_Notify = TAG_USER + $02; // see below
|
|
|
+ SNA_UserData = TAG_USER + $03; // for your use
|
|
|
+ SNA_SigTask = TAG_USER + $04; // task to signal
|
|
|
+ SNA_SigBit = TAG_USER + $05; // signal bit
|
|
|
+ SNA_MsgPort = TAG_USER + $06; // send message to this port
|
|
|
+ SNA_Priority = TAG_USER + $07; // priority of your request
|
|
|
+ SNA_Hook = TAG_USER + $08;
|
|
|
+// SNA_Notify (all unassigned bits are reserved for system use)
|
|
|
+ SNOTIFY_AFTER_OPENSCREEN = 1 shl 0; // screen has been opened
|
|
|
+ SNOTIFY_BEFORE_CLOSESCREEN = 1 shl 1; // going to close screen
|
|
|
+ SNOTIFY_AFTER_OPENWB = 1 shl 2; // Workbench is open
|
|
|
+ SNOTIFY_BEFORE_CLOSEWB = 1 shl 3; // Workbench is going to be closed
|
|
|
+ SNOTIFY_AFTER_OPENWINDOW = 1 shl 4; // new window
|
|
|
+ SNOTIFY_BEFORE_CLOSEWINDOW = 1 shl 5; // window is going to be closed
|
|
|
+ SNOTIFY_PUBSCREENSTATE = 1 shl 6; // PubScreenState()
|
|
|
+ SNOTIFY_LOCKPUBSCREEN = 1 shl 7; // LockPubScreen()
|
|
|
+ SNOTIFY_SCREENDEPTH = 1 shl 8; // ScreenDepth()
|
|
|
+ SNOTIFY_AFTER_CLOSESCREEN = 1 shl 9; // notify after CloseScreen()
|
|
|
+ SNOTIFY_AFTER_CLOSEWINDOW = 1 shl 10; // dto. CloseWindow()
|
|
|
+ SNOTIFY_BEFORE_OPENSCREEN = 1 shl 11; // notify before OpenScreen()
|
|
|
+ SNOTIFY_BEFORE_OPENWINDOW = 1 shl 12; // dto. OpenWindow()
|
|
|
+ SNOTIFY_BEFORE_OPENWB = 1 shl 13; // like OPENSCREEN
|
|
|
+ SNOTIFY_AFTER_CLOSEWB = 1 shl 14; // like CLOSESCREEN
|
|
|
+ SNOTIFY_WAIT_REPLY = 1 shl 15; // wait for reply before taking action
|
|
|
+ SNOTIFY_UNLOCKPUBSCREEN = 1 shl 16; // UnlockPubScreen()
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PScreenNotifyMessage = ^TScreenNotifyMessage;
|
|
|
+ TScreenNotifyMessage = record
|
|
|
+ snm_Message: TMessage; // embedded message
|
|
|
+ snm_Class: LongWord; // see above
|
|
|
+ snm_Code: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ snm_Object: APTR; // either a pointer to struct Window or struct Screen (READ-ONLY). For SNRF_#?PUBSCREEN this the name of the public screen
|
|
|
+ snm_UserData: APTR; // SNA_UserData
|
|
|
+ snm_Request: APTR; // pointer returned by StartScreenNotify()
|
|
|
+ snm_Reserved: array[0..4] of LongWord; // don't touch!
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// *** The Intuition plugin interface
|
|
|
+ PGUIPlugin = ^TGUIPlugin;
|
|
|
+ TGUIPlugin = record
|
|
|
+ Node: TNode; // Reserved, don't use
|
|
|
+ Version: LongWord; // Version of the plugin
|
|
|
+ Type_: LongWord; // Type of plugin
|
|
|
+ Attrs: LongWord; // Type-specific attributes
|
|
|
+ Flags: LongWord; // Additional information
|
|
|
+ AttrList: PTagItem; // Optional list of GUI attributes
|
|
|
+ Reserved: array[0..3] of LongWord; // For future expansion
|
|
|
+ // Plugin-specific fields follow here
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// Plugin attributes (flags)
|
|
|
+ PA_INTERNAL = $10000000; // Plugin is implemented internally by Intuition
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// *** Rendering hooks: common structure and definitions
|
|
|
+// Possible return values from a rendering hook
|
|
|
+ RCB_OK = 0; // Hook understands this message type
|
|
|
+ RCB_UNKNOWN = 1; // Hook does not understand this message
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+// Structure of messages for rendering hooks: the object is context-specific.
|
|
|
+ PRenderMsg = ^TRenderMsg;
|
|
|
+ TRenderMsg = record
|
|
|
+ rm_MethodID: LongWord; // Type of rendering to perform
|
|
|
+ rm_RastPort: PRastPort; // Where to render to
|
|
|
+ rm_DrawInfo: Pointer; // (PDrawInfo) Context information
|
|
|
+ rm_Bounds: TRectangle; // Limits of where to render
|
|
|
+ rm_State: LongWord; // How to render
|
|
|
+ rm_IAddress: APTR; // Subsystem-specific data
|
|
|
+ rm_Flags: LongWord; // Subsystem-specific flags
|
|
|
+ rm_TagList: PTagItem; // Additional information
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+//**** Gadget
|
|
|
+ PGadget = ^TGadget;
|
|
|
+ TGadget = record
|
|
|
+ NextGadget: PGadget; // next gadget in the list
|
|
|
+ LeftEdge, TopEdge: SmallInt; // "hit box" of gadget
|
|
|
+ Width, Height: SmallInt; // "hit box" of gadget
|
|
|
+ Flags: Word; // see below for list of defines
|
|
|
+ Activation: Word; // see below for list of defines
|
|
|
+ GadgetType: Word; // see below for defines
|
|
|
+ // appliprog can specify that the Gadget be rendered as either as Border or an Image.
|
|
|
+ // This variable points to which (or equals nil if there's nothing to be rendered about this Gadget)
|
|
|
+ GadgetRender: APTR;
|
|
|
+ // appliprog can specify "highlighted" imagery rather than algorithmic this can point to either Border or Image data
|
|
|
+ SelectRender: APTR;
|
|
|
+ GadgetText: PIntuiText; // text for this gadget
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ // by using the MutualExclude word, the appliprog can describe which gadgets mutually-exclude which other ones. The bits
|
|
|
+ // in MutualExclude correspond to the gadgets in object containing the gadget list. If this gadget is selected and a bit is set
|
|
|
+ // in this gadget's MutualExclude and the gadget corresponding to that bit is currently selected (e.g. bit 2 set and gadget 2
|
|
|
+ // is currently selected) that gadget must be unselected. Intuition does the visual unselecting (with checkmarks) and
|
|
|
+ // leaves it up to the program to unselect internally
|
|
|
+ MutualExclude: LongInt; // Obsolete
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ // pointer to a structure of special data required by Proportional, String and LongInt Gadgets
|
|
|
+ SpecialInfo: APTR;
|
|
|
+ GadgetID: Word; // user-definable ID field
|
|
|
+ UserData: APTR; // ptr to general purpose User data (ignored by In)
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ PExtGadget = ^TExtGadget;
|
|
|
+ TExtGadget = record
|
|
|
+ // The first fields match struct Gadget exactly
|
|
|
+ NextGadget: PExtGadget; // Matches struct Gadget
|
|
|
+ LeftEdge, TopEdge, // Matches struct Gadget
|
|
|
+ Width, Height: SmallInt; // Matches struct Gadget
|
|
|
+ Flags, // Matches struct Gadget
|
|
|
+ Activation, // Matches struct Gadget
|
|
|
+ GadgetType: Word; // Matches struct Gadget
|
|
|
+ GadgetRender, // Matches struct Gadget
|
|
|
+ SelectRender: APTR; // Matches struct Gadget
|
|
|
+ GadgetText: PIntuiText; // Matches struct Gadget
|
|
|
+ MutualExclude: LongInt; // Matches struct Gadget
|
|
|
+ SpecialInfo: APTR; // Matches struct Gadget
|
|
|
+ GadgetID: Word; // Matches struct Gadget
|
|
|
+ UserData: APTR; // Matches struct Gadget
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ // These fields only exist under V39 and only if GFLG_EXTENDED is set
|
|
|
+ MoreFlags: LongWord; // see GMORE_ flags below
|
|
|
+ BoundsLeftEdge, // Bounding extent for gadget, valid
|
|
|
+ BoundsTopEdge, // only if GMORE_BOUNDS is set. The
|
|
|
+ BoundsWidth, // GFLG_RELxxx flags affect these
|
|
|
+ BoundsHeight: SmallInt; // coordinates as well.
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// --- Gadget.Flags values
|
|
|
+// combinations in these bits describe the highlight technique to be used
|
|
|
+ GFLG_GADGHIGHBITS = $0003;
|
|
|
+ GFLG_GADGHCOMP = $0000; // Complement the select box
|
|
|
+ GFLG_GADGHBOX = $0001; // Draw a box around the image
|
|
|
+ GFLG_GADGHIMAGE = $0002; // Blast in this alternate image
|
|
|
+ GFLG_GADGHNONE = $0003; // don't highlight
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ GFLG_GADGIMAGE = $0004; // set IF GadgetRender AND SelectRender point to an Image structure, clear if they point to Border structures
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// combinations in these next two bits specify to which corner the gadget's Left & Top coordinates are relative. If relative to Top/Left,
|
|
|
+// these are "normal" coordinates (everything is relative to something in this universe).
|
|
|
+//
|
|
|
+// Gadget positions and dimensions are relative to the window or requester which contains the gadget
|
|
|
+ GFLG_RELBOTTOM = $0008; // vert. pos. is relative to bottom edge
|
|
|
+ GFLG_RELRIGHT = $0010; // horiz. pos. is relative to right edge
|
|
|
+ GFLG_RELWIDTH = $0020; // width is relative to req/window
|
|
|
+ GFLG_RELHEIGHT = $0040; // height is relative to req/window
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// New for V39: GFLG_RELSPECIAL allows custom gadget implementors to make gadgets whose position and size depend in an arbitrary way
|
|
|
+// on their window's dimensions. The GM_LAYOUT method will be invoked for such a gadget (or any other GREL_xxx gadget) at suitable times,
|
|
|
+// such as when the window opens or the window's size changes.
|
|
|
+ GFLG_RELSPECIAL = $4000; // custom gadget has special relativity. Gadget box values are absolutes, but can be changed via the GM_LAYOUT method.
|
|
|
+ GFLG_SELECTED = $0080; // you may initialize AND look at this
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// the GFLG_DISABLED flag is initialized by you and later set by Intuition according to your calls to On/OffGadget(). It specifies whether or not
|
|
|
+// this Gadget is currently disabled from being selected
|
|
|
+ GFLG_DISABLED = $0100;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// These flags specify the type of text field that Gadget.GadgetText points to. In all normal (pre-V36) gadgets which you initialize
|
|
|
+// this field should always be zero. Some types of gadget objects created from classes will use these fields to keep track of
|
|
|
+// types of labels/contents that different from IntuiText, but are stashed in GadgetText.
|
|
|
+ GFLG_LABELMASK = $3000;
|
|
|
+ GFLG_LABELITEXT = $0000; // GadgetText points to IntuiText
|
|
|
+ GFLG_LABELSTRING = $1000; // GadgetText points to (PByte)
|
|
|
+ GFLG_LABELIMAGE = $2000; // GadgetText points to Image (object)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// New for V37: GFLG_TABCYCLE
|
|
|
+ GFLG_TABCYCLE = $0200; //(string OR custom) gadget participates in cycling activation with Tab or Shift-Tab
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// New for V37: GFLG_STRINGEXTEND. We discovered that V34 doesn't properly ignore the value we had chosen for the Gadget->Activation flag
|
|
|
+// GACT_STRINGEXTEND. NEVER SET THAT FLAG WHEN RUNNING UNDER V34. The Gadget->Flags bit GFLG_STRINGEXTEND is provided as a synonym which is
|
|
|
+// safe under V34, and equivalent to GACT_STRINGEXTEND under V37. (Note that the two flags are not numerically equal)
|
|
|
+ GFLG_STRINGEXTEND = $0400; // this String Gadget has StringExtend
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// New for V39: GFLG_IMAGEDISABLE. This flag is automatically set if the custom image of this gadget knows how to do disabled rendering
|
|
|
+// (more specifically, if its IA_SupportsDisable attribute is TRUE). Intuition uses this to defer the ghosting to the image-class,
|
|
|
+// instead of doing it itself (the old compatible way). Do not set this flag yourself - Intuition will do it for you.
|
|
|
+ GFLG_IMAGEDISABLE = $0800; // Gadget's image knows how to do disabled rendering
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// New for V39: If set, this bit means that the Gadget is actually a struct ExtGadget, with new fields and flags. All V39 boopsi
|
|
|
+// gadgets are ExtGadgets. Never ever attempt to read the extended fields of a gadget if this flag is not set.
|
|
|
+ GFLG_EXTENDED = $8000; // Gadget is extended
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// --- Gadget.Activation flag values
|
|
|
+// Set GACT_RELVERIFY if you want to verify that the pointer was still over the gadget when the select button was released. Will cause
|
|
|
+// an IDCMP_GADGETUP message to be sent if so.
|
|
|
+ GACT_RELVERIFY = $0001;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// the flag GACT_IMMEDIATE, when set, informs the caller that the gadget was activated when it was activated. This flag works in conjunction with
|
|
|
+// the GACT_RELVERIFY flag
|
|
|
+ GACT_IMMEDIATE = $0002;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// the flag GACT_ENDGADGET, when set, tells the system that this gadget, when selected, causes the Requester to be ended. Requesters
|
|
|
+// that are ended are erased and unlinked from the system.
|
|
|
+ GACT_ENDGADGET = $0004;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// the GACT_FOLLOWMOUSE flag, when set, specifies that you want to receive reports on mouse movements while this gadget is active.
|
|
|
+// You probably want to set the GACT_IMMEDIATE flag when using GACT_FOLLOWMOUSE, since that's the only reasonable way you have of
|
|
|
+// learning why Intuition is suddenly sending you a stream of mouse movement events. If you don't set GACT_RELVERIFY, you'll get at
|
|
|
+// least one Mouse Position event.
|
|
|
+ GACT_FOLLOWMOUSE = $0008;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// if any of the BORDER flags are set in a Gadget that's included in the Gadget list when a Window is opened, the corresponding Border will
|
|
|
+// be adjusted to make room for the Gadget
|
|
|
+ GACT_RIGHTBORDER = $0010;
|
|
|
+ GACT_LEFTBORDER = $0020;
|
|
|
+ GACT_TOPBORDER = $0040;
|
|
|
+ GACT_BOTTOMBORDER= $0080;
|
|
|
+ GACT_BORDERSNIFF = $8000; // neither set nor rely on this bit
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ GACT_TOGGLESELECT= $0100; // this bit for toggle-select mode
|
|
|
+ GACT_BOOLEXTEND = $2000; // this Boolean Gadget has a BoolInfo
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// should properly be in StringInfo, but aren't
|
|
|
+ GACT_STRINGLEFT = $0000; // NOTE WELL: that this has value zero
|
|
|
+ GACT_STRINGCENTER= $0200;
|
|
|
+ GACT_STRINGRIGHT = $0400;
|
|
|
+ GACT_LONGINT = $0800; // this String Gadget is for Long Ints
|
|
|
+ GACT_ALTKEYMAP = $1000; // this String has an alternate keymap
|
|
|
+ GACT_STRINGEXTEND= $2000; // this String Gadget has StringExtend
|
|
|
+ // NOTE: NEVER SET GACT_STRINGEXTEND IF YOU
|
|
|
+ // ARE RUNNING ON LESS THAN V36! SEE GFLG_STRINGEXTEND (ABOVE) INSTEAD
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ GACT_ACTIVEGADGET = $4000; // this gadget is "active". This flag is maintained by Intuition, and you
|
|
|
+ // cannot count on its value persisting while you do something on your program's
|
|
|
+ // task. It can only be trusted by people implementing custom gadgets
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// note $8000 is used above (GACT_BORDERSNIFF); all Activation flags defined
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// --- GADGET TYPES
|
|
|
+// These are the Gadget Type definitions for the variable GadgetType gadget number type MUST start from one.
|
|
|
+// NO TYPES OF ZERO ALLOWED. first comes the mask for Gadget flags reserved for Gadget typing
|
|
|
+ GTYP_GADGETTYPE = $FC00; // all Gadget Global Type flags (padded)
|
|
|
+ GTYP_SYSGADGET = $8000; // 1 = Allocated by the system, 0 = by app.
|
|
|
+ GTYP_SCRGADGET = $4000; // 1 = ScreenGadget, 0 = WindowGadget
|
|
|
+ GTYP_GZZGADGET = $2000; // 1 = for WFLG_GIMMEZEROZERO borders
|
|
|
+ GTYP_REQGADGET = $1000; // 1 = this is a Requester Gadget
|
|
|
+// GTYP_SYSGADGET means that Intuition ALLOCATED the gadget.
|
|
|
+// GTYP_SYSTYPEMASK is the mask you can apply to tell what type of system-gadget it is. The possible types follow.
|
|
|
+ GTYP_SYSTYPEMASK = $00F0;
|
|
|
+// These definitions describe system gadgets in V36 and higher:
|
|
|
+ GTYP_SIZING = $0010; // Window sizing gadget
|
|
|
+ GTYP_WDRAGGING = $0020; // Window drag bar
|
|
|
+ GTYP_SDRAGGING = $0030; // Screen drag bar
|
|
|
+ GTYP_WDEPTH = $0040; // Window depth gadget
|
|
|
+ GTYP_SDEPTH = $0050; // Screen depth gadget
|
|
|
+ GTYP_WZOOM = $0060; // Window zoom gadget
|
|
|
+ GTYP_SUNUSED = $0070; // Unused screen gadget
|
|
|
+ GTYP_CLOSE = $0080; // Window close gadget
|
|
|
+ GTYP_WUPFRONT = GTYP_WDEPTH; // Window to-front gadget
|
|
|
+ GTYP_SUPFRONT = GTYP_SDEPTH; // Screen to-front gadget
|
|
|
+ GTYP_WDOWNBACK = GTYP_WZOOM; // Window to-back gadget
|
|
|
+ GTYP_SDOWNBACK = GTYP_SUNUSED; // Screen to-back gadget
|
|
|
+// GTYP_GTYPEMASK is a mask you can apply to tell what class of gadget this is. The possible classes follow.
|
|
|
+ GTYP_GTYPEMASK = $0007;
|
|
|
+ GTYP_BOOLGADGET = $0001;
|
|
|
+ GTYP_GADGET0002 = $0002;
|
|
|
+ GTYP_PROPGadget = $0003;
|
|
|
+ GTYP_STRGADGET = $0004;
|
|
|
+ GTYP_CUSTOMGADGET = $0005;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ GTYP_TBARGADGET = $0200;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// New for V39. Gadgets which have the GFLG_EXTENDED flag set are actually ExtGadgets, which have more flags. The GMORE_xxx
|
|
|
+// identifiers describe those flags. For GMORE_SCROLLRASTER, see important information in the ScrollWindowRaster() autodoc.
|
|
|
+// NB: GMORE_SCROLLRASTER must be set before the gadget is added to a window.
|
|
|
+ GMORE_BOUNDS = $00000001; // ExtGadget has valid Bounds
|
|
|
+ GMORE_GADGETHELP = $00000002; // This gadget responds to gadget help
|
|
|
+ GMORE_SCROLLRASTER = $00000004; // This (custom) gadget uses ScrollRaster
|
|
|
+ GMORE_NOFILTERMENUKEYS = $00000008; // Set this flag to make menu shortcuts work even when the gadget is active. V50.
|
|
|
+ GMORE_HIDDEN = $00000010; // This gadgets is hidden/can't be drawn. V50.
|
|
|
+ GMORE_PRIVATE = $00000020; // Reserved for system use. V50.
|
|
|
+ GMORE_PRIVATE2 = $00000040; // Reserved for system use. V51.
|
|
|
+ GMORE_NOFILTERWHEEL = $00000080; // Your window will receive mouse wheel events even when the gadget is active. V51.
|
|
|
+ GMORE_NOCMENUOFFLOAD = $00000100; // Reserved for system use. V54.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Domain types recognized by GadgetBox()
|
|
|
+ GBD_WINDOW = 0; // Domain is a Window
|
|
|
+ GBD_BOX = 1; // Domain is an IBox
|
|
|
+ GBD_RECTANGLE = 2; // Domain is a Rectangle
|
|
|
+ GBD_GINFO = 3; // Domain is a GadgetInfo (V51)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Flags for GadgetBox()
|
|
|
+ GBF_BOUNDS = $00000001; // Return bounding box, not hit box
|
|
|
+ GBF_MAKERECT = $00000002; // Return a Rectangle, not an IBox
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+//**** BoolInfo
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// This is the special data needed by an Extended Boolean Gadget Typically this structure will be pointed to by the Gadget field SpecialInfo
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PBoolInfo = ^TBoolInfo;
|
|
|
+ TBoolInfo = record
|
|
|
+ Flags: Word; // defined below
|
|
|
+ Mask: PWord; // bit mask for highlighting and selecting mask must follow the same rules as an Image
|
|
|
+ // plane. It's width and height are determined by the width and height of the gadget's
|
|
|
+ // select box. (i.e. Gadget.Width and .Height).
|
|
|
+ Reserved: LongWord; // set to 0
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// set BoolInfo.Flags to this flag bit. in the future, additional bits might mean more stuff hanging off of BoolInfo.Reserved.
|
|
|
+ BOOLMASK = $0001; // extension is for masked gadget
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+//**** PropInfo
|
|
|
+// this is the special data required by the proportional Gadget typically, this data will be pointed to by the Gadget variable SpecialInfo
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PPropInfo = ^TPropInfo;
|
|
|
+ TPropInfo = record
|
|
|
+ Flags: Word; // general purpose flag bits (see defines below)
|
|
|
+ // You initialize the Pot variables before the Gadget is added to the system. Then you can look here for the current settings
|
|
|
+ // any time, even while User is playing with this Gadget. To adjust these after the Gadget is added to the System, use
|
|
|
+ // ModifyProp(); The Pots are the actual proportional settings, where a value of zero means zero and a value of MAXPOT means
|
|
|
+ // that the Gadget is set to its maximum setting.
|
|
|
+ HorizPot: Word; // 16-bit FixedPoint horizontal quantity percentage
|
|
|
+ VertPot: Word; // 16-bit FixedPoint vertical quantity percentage
|
|
|
+ // the 16-bit FixedPoint Body variables describe what percentage of the entire body of stuff referred to by this Gadget is actually
|
|
|
+ // shown at one time. This is used with the AUTOKNOB routines, to adjust the size of the AUTOKNOB according to how much of
|
|
|
+ // the data can be seen. This is also used to decide how far to advance the Pots when User hits the Container of the Gadget.
|
|
|
+ // For instance, if you were controlling the display of a 5-line Window of text with this Gadget, and there was a total of 15
|
|
|
+ // lines that could be displayed, you would set the VertBody value to (MAXBODY / (TotalLines / DisplayLines)) = MAXBODY / 3.
|
|
|
+ // Therefore, the AUTOKNOB would fill 1/3 of the container, and if User hits the Cotainer outside of the knob, the pot would
|
|
|
+ // advance 1/3 (plus or minus) If there's no body to show, or the total amount of displayable info is less than the display area,
|
|
|
+ // set the Body variables to the MAX. To adjust these after the Gadget is added to the System, use ModifyProp();
|
|
|
+ HorizBody: Word; // horizontal Body
|
|
|
+ VertBody: Word; // vertical Body
|
|
|
+ // these are the variables that Intuition sets and maintains
|
|
|
+ CWidth: Word; // Container width (with any relativity absoluted)
|
|
|
+ CHeight: Word; // Container height (with any relativity absoluted)
|
|
|
+ HPotRes: Word;
|
|
|
+ VPotRes: Word; // pot increments
|
|
|
+ LeftBorder: Word; // Container borders
|
|
|
+ TopBorder: Word; // Container borders
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// --- FLAG BITS
|
|
|
+ AUTOKNOB = $0001; // this flag sez: gimme that old auto-knob
|
|
|
+// NOTE: if you do not use an AUTOKNOB for a proportional gadget, you are currently limited to using a single Image of your own
|
|
|
+// design: Intuition won't handle a linked list of images as a proportional gadget knob.
|
|
|
+ FREEHORIZ = $0002; // IF set, the knob can move horizontally
|
|
|
+ FREEVERT = $0004; // IF set, the knob can move vertically
|
|
|
+ PROPBORDERLESS = $0008; // IF set, no border will be rendered
|
|
|
+ KNOBHIT = $0100; // set when this Knob is hit
|
|
|
+ PROPNEWLOOK = $0010; // set this IF you want to get the new V36 look
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ KNOBHMIN = 6; // minimum horizontal size of the Knob
|
|
|
+ KNOBVMIN = 4; // minimum vertical size of the Knob
|
|
|
+ MAXBODY = $FFFF; // maximum body value
|
|
|
+ MAXPOT = $FFFF; // maximum pot value
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+//**** StringInfo
|
|
|
+// this is the special data required by the string Gadget typically, this data will be pointed to by the Gadget variable SpecialInfo
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PStringInfo = ^TStringInfo;
|
|
|
+ TStringInfo = record
|
|
|
+ // you initialize these variables, and then Intuition maintains them
|
|
|
+ Buffer: STRPTR; // the buffer containing the start and final string
|
|
|
+ UndoBuffer: STRPTR; // optional buffer for undoing current entry
|
|
|
+ BufferPos: SmallInt; // character position in Buffer
|
|
|
+ MaxChars: SmallInt; // max number of chars in Buffer (including nil)
|
|
|
+ DispPos: SmallInt; // Buffer position of first displayed character
|
|
|
+ // Intuition initializes and maintains these variables for you
|
|
|
+ UndoPos: SmallInt; // character position in the undo buffer
|
|
|
+ NumChars: SmallInt; // number of characters currently in Buffer
|
|
|
+ DispCount: SmallInt; // number of whole characters visible in Container
|
|
|
+ CLeft: SmallInt; //
|
|
|
+ CTop: SmallInt; // topleft offset of the container
|
|
|
+ // you can initialize this variable before the gadget is submitted to Intuition, and then examine it later to discover what LongInt
|
|
|
+ // the user has entered (if the user never plays with the gadget, the value will be unchanged from your initial setting)
|
|
|
+ Extension: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ _LongInt: LongInt;
|
|
|
+ // If you want this Gadget to use your own Console keymapping, you set the ALTKEYMAP bit in the Activation flags of the Gadget, and then
|
|
|
+ // set this variable to point to your keymap. If you don't set the ALTKEYMAP, you'll get the standard ASCII keymapping.
|
|
|
+ AltKeyMap: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+//**** Requester
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PRequester = ^TRequester;
|
|
|
+ TRequester = record
|
|
|
+ OlderRequest: PRequester;
|
|
|
+ LeftEdge, TopEdge: SmallInt; // dimensions of the entire box
|
|
|
+ Width, Height: SmallInt; // dimensions of the entire box
|
|
|
+ RelLeft, RelTop: SmallInt; // for Pointer relativity offsets
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ ReqGadget: PGadget; // pointer to a list of Gadgets
|
|
|
+ ReqBorder: PBorder; // the box's border
|
|
|
+ ReqText: PIntuiText; // the box's text
|
|
|
+ Flags: Word; // see definitions below
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ // pen number for back-plane fill before draws
|
|
|
+ BackFill: Byte;
|
|
|
+ // Layer in place of clip rect
|
|
|
+ ReqLayer: PLayer;
|
|
|
+ ReqPad1: array[0..31] of Byte;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { If the BitMap plane pointers are non-zero, this tells the system that the image comes pre-drawn (if the appliprog wants to define
|
|
|
+ it's own box, in any shape or size it wants!); this is OK by Intuition as long as there's a good correspondence between the image and the specified Gadgets}
|
|
|
+ ImageBMap: PBitMap; // points to the BitMap of PREDRAWN imagery
|
|
|
+ RWindow: Pointer; // PWindow added. points back to Window
|
|
|
+ ReqImage: Pointer; // PImage new for V36: drawn if USEREQIMAGE set
|
|
|
+ ReqPad2: array[0..31] of Byte;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// FLAGS SET BY THE APPLIPROG
|
|
|
+ POINTREL = $0001; // if POINTREL set, TopLeft is relative to pointer for DMRequester, relative to window center for Request().
|
|
|
+ PREDRAWN = $0002; // set if Requester.ImageBMap points to predrawn Requester imagery
|
|
|
+ NOISYREQ = $0004; // if you don't want requester to filter input
|
|
|
+ SIMPLEREQ = $0010; // to use SIMPLEREFRESH layer (recommended)
|
|
|
+ // New for V36
|
|
|
+ USEREQIMAGE = $0020; // render linked list ReqImage after BackFill but before gadgets and text
|
|
|
+ NOREQBACKFILL = $0040; // don't bother filling requester with Requester.BackFill pen
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ FLAGS SET BY INTUITION }
|
|
|
+ REQOFFWINDOW = $1000; // part of one of the Gadgets was offwindow
|
|
|
+ REQACTIVE = $2000; // this requester is active
|
|
|
+ SYSREQUEST = $4000; // this requester caused by system
|
|
|
+ DEFERREFRESH = $8000; // this Requester stops a Refresh broadcast
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// **** Image
|
|
|
+// This is a brief image structure for very simple transfers of image data to a RastPort
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PImage = ^TImage;
|
|
|
+ TImage = record
|
|
|
+ LeftEdge: SmallInt; // starting offset relative to some origin
|
|
|
+ TopEdge: SmallInt; // starting offsets relative to some origin
|
|
|
+ Width: SmallInt; // pixel size (though data is word-aligned)
|
|
|
+ Height: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ Depth: SmallInt; // pixel sizes
|
|
|
+ ImageData: Pointer; // pointer to the actual word-aligned bits
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ // the PlanePick and PlaneOnOff variables work much the same way as the equivalent GELS Bob variables. It's a space-saving
|
|
|
+ // mechanism for image data. Rather than defining the image data for every plane of the RastPort, you need define data only
|
|
|
+ // for the planes that are not entirely zero or one. As you define your Imagery, you will often find that most of the planes
|
|
|
+ // ARE just as color selectors. For instance, if you're designing a two-color Gadget to use colors two and three, and the Gadget
|
|
|
+ // will reside in a five-plane display, bit plane zero of your imagery would be all ones, bit plane one would have data that
|
|
|
+ // describes the imagery, and bit planes two through four would be all zeroes. Using these flags allows you to avoid wasting all
|
|
|
+ // that memory in this way: first, you specify which planes you want your data to appear in using the PlanePick variable. For
|
|
|
+ // each bit set in the variable, the next "plane" of your image data is blitted to the display. For each bit clear in this
|
|
|
+ // variable, the corresponding bit in PlaneOnOff is examined. If that bit is clear, a "plane" of zeroes will be used.
|
|
|
+ // If the bit is set, ones will go out instead. So, for our example:
|
|
|
+ // Gadget.PlanePick = $02;
|
|
|
+ // Gadget.PlaneOnOff = $01;
|
|
|
+ // Note that this also allows for generic Gadgets, like the System Gadgets, which will work in any number of bit planes.
|
|
|
+ // Note also that if you want an Image that is only a filled rectangle, you can get this by setting PlanePick to zero
|
|
|
+ // (pick no planes of data) and set PlaneOnOff to describe the pen color of the rectangle.
|
|
|
+ PlanePick: Byte;
|
|
|
+ PlaneOnOff: Byte;
|
|
|
+ // if the NextImage variable is not NULL, Intuition presumes that it points to another Image structure with another Image to be rendered
|
|
|
+ NextImage: PImage;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+//**** IntuiMessage
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PIntuiMessage = ^TIntuiMessage;
|
|
|
+ TIntuiMessage = record
|
|
|
+ ExecMessage: TMessage;
|
|
|
+ IClass: LongWord; // the Class bits correspond directly with the IDCMP Flags, except for the special bit LONELYMESSAGE (defined below)
|
|
|
+ Code: Word; // the Code field is for special values like MENU number
|
|
|
+ Qualifier: Word; // the Qualifier field is a copy of the current InputEvent's Qualifier
|
|
|
+ IAddress: APTR; // IAddress contains particular addresses for Intuition functions, like the pointer to the Gadget or the Screen
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ MouseX, // when getting mouse movement reports, any event you get will have the the mouse coordinates in these variables. the coordinates are relative
|
|
|
+ MouseY: SmallInt; // to the upper-left corner of your Window (GIMMEZEROZERO notwithstanding)
|
|
|
+ Seconds, // the time values are copies of the current system clock time.
|
|
|
+ Micros: LongWord; // Micros are in units of microseconds, Seconds in seconds.
|
|
|
+ IDCMPWindow: Pointer; // the IDCMPWindow variable will always have the Pointer of the Window of this IDCMP
|
|
|
+ // system-use variable
|
|
|
+ SpecialLink: PIntuiMessage;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// IntuiMessage tags start here.
|
|
|
+ IMTAG_Dummy = TAG_USER + $414000;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// New for V51:
|
|
|
+// The IAddress field of IDCMP_EXTENDEDMOUSE messages points to the following structure. Always check the Code field of the IntuiMessage
|
|
|
+// against IMSGCODE_INTUIWHEELDATA, future versions of Intuition may introduce additional structures!
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PIntuiWheelData = ^TIntuiWheelData;
|
|
|
+ TIntuiWheelData = record
|
|
|
+ Version: Word; // version of this structure (see below)
|
|
|
+ Reserved: Word; // always 0, reserved for future use
|
|
|
+ WheelX: SmallInt; // horizontal wheel movement delta
|
|
|
+ WheelY: SmallInt; // vertical wheel movement delta
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ INTUIWHEELDATA_VERSION = 1; // current version of the structure above
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+// New for V51:
|
|
|
+// The IAddress field of IDCMP_EXTENDEDKEYBOARD messages points to the following structure. Always check the Code field of the IntuiMessage
|
|
|
+// against IMSGCODE_RAWKEYDATA, future versions of Intuition may introduce additional structures!
|
|
|
+ PIntuiRawKeyData = ^TIntuiRawKeyData;
|
|
|
+ TIntuiRawKeyData = record
|
|
|
+ Version: Word; // version of this structure (see below)
|
|
|
+ Reserved: Word; // always 0, reserved for future use
|
|
|
+ Class: Word; // copy of ie_SubClass (see IECLASS_EXTENDED_RAWKEY)
|
|
|
+ Code: Word; // rawkey code
|
|
|
+ DeadKeys: TExtendedDeadKey; // deadkey information
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ INTUIRAWKEYDATA_VERSION = 1; // current version of the structure above
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ IMSGCODE_INTUIWHEELDATA = 1 shl 15;
|
|
|
+ IMSGCODE_INTUIRAWKEYDATA = 1 shl 14;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ IMTAG_MenuType = IMTAG_Dummy + 1;
|
|
|
+ IMTAG_MenuContext = IMTAG_Dummy + 2;
|
|
|
+ // Values for IMTAG_MenuType
|
|
|
+ IMT_DEFAULT = 0;
|
|
|
+ IMT_CONTEXT_WINDOW = 1;
|
|
|
+ IMT_CONTEXT_GADGET_APP = 2;
|
|
|
+ IMT_CONTEXT_GADGET_OBJ = 3;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// **** IDCMP Classes
|
|
|
+// Please refer to the Autodoc for OpenWindow() and to the Rom Kernel Manual for full details on the IDCMP classes.
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_SIZEVERIFY = $00000001;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_NEWSIZE = $00000002;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_REFRESHWINDOW = $00000004;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_MOUSEBUTTONS = $00000008;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_MOUSEMOVE = $00000010;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_GADGETDOWN = $00000020;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_GADGETUP = $00000040;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_REQSET = $00000080;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_MENUPICK = $00000100;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_CLOSEWINDOW = $00000200;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_RAWKEY = $00000400;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_REQVERIFY = $00000800;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_REQCLEAR = $00001000;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_MENUVERIFY = $00002000;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_NEWPREFS = $00004000;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_DISKINSERTED = $00008000;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_DISKREMOVED = $00010000;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_WBENCHMESSAGE = $00020000; // System use only
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_ACTIVEWINDOW = $00040000;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_INACTIVEWINDOW = $00080000;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_DELTAMOVE = $00100000;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_VANILLAKEY = $00200000;
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_INTUITICKS = $00400000;
|
|
|
+ // for notifications from "boopsi" gadgets
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_IDCMPUPDATE = $00800000; // new for V36
|
|
|
+ // for getting help key report during menu session
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_MENUHELP = $01000000; // new for V36
|
|
|
+ // for notification of any move/size/zoom/change window
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_CHANGEWINDOW = $02000000; // new for V36
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_GADGETHELP = $04000000; // new for V39
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_EXTENDEDMOUSE = $08000000; // new for V51
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_EXTENDEDKEYBOARD = $10000000; // new for V51
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_RESERVED1 = $20000000; // reserved for IDCMP extension scheme
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_RESERVED2 = $40000000; //* reserved for IDCMP extension scheme
|
|
|
+// NOTEZ-BIEN: $80000000 is reserved for internal use
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// the IDCMP Flags do not use this special bit, which is cleared when Intuition sends its special message to the Task, and set when Intuition
|
|
|
+// gets its Message back from the Task. Therefore, I can check here to find out fast whether or not this Message is available for me to send
|
|
|
+ IDCMP_LONELYMESSAGE = $80000000;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+//--- IDCMP Codes
|
|
|
+// This group of codes is for the IDCMP_CHANGEWINDOW message
|
|
|
+ CWCODE_MOVESIZE = $0000; // Window was moved and/or sized
|
|
|
+ CWCODE_DEPTH = $0001; // Window was depth-arranged (new for V39)
|
|
|
+ // New for V51: these codes are for the IDCMP_(IN)ACTIVEWINDOW messages
|
|
|
+ AWCODE_NORMAL = $0000; // Window did actually change its activation
|
|
|
+ AWCODE_INTERIM = $0001; // Window state changed due to toolbox usage
|
|
|
+ // These codes are for IDCMP_NEWSIZE messages (V53.43)
|
|
|
+ NSCODE_FINAL = $0000; // Final window size change
|
|
|
+ NSCODE_INTERIM = $0001; // Interim window size change
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// This group of codes is for the IDCMP_MENUVERIFY function
|
|
|
+ MENUHOT = $0001; // IntuiWants verification OR MENUCANCEL
|
|
|
+ MENUCANCEL = $0002; // HOT Reply of this cancels Menu operation
|
|
|
+ MENUWAITING = $0003; // Intuition simply wants a ReplyMsg() ASAP
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// These are internal tokens to represent state of verification attempts shown here as a clue.
|
|
|
+ OKOK = MENUHOT; // guy didn't care
|
|
|
+ OKABORT = $0004; // window rendered question moot
|
|
|
+ OKCANCEL = MENUCANCEL; // window sent cancel reply
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// This group of codes is for the IDCMP_WBENCHMESSAGE messages
|
|
|
+ WBENCHOPEN = $0001;
|
|
|
+ WBENCHCLOSE = $0002;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// A data structure common in V36 Intuition processing
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PIBox = ^TIBox;
|
|
|
+ TIBox = record
|
|
|
+ Left: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ Top: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ Width: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ Height: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+//**** Window
|
|
|
+ PScreen = ^TScreen;
|
|
|
+ PWindow = ^TWindow;
|
|
|
+ TWindow = record
|
|
|
+ NextWindow: PWindow; // for the linked list in a screen
|
|
|
+ LeftEdge,
|
|
|
+ TopEdge: SmallInt; // screen dimensions of window
|
|
|
+ Width,
|
|
|
+ Height: SmallInt; // screen dimensions of window
|
|
|
+ MouseY,
|
|
|
+ MouseX: SmallInt; // relative to upper-left of window
|
|
|
+ MinWidth,
|
|
|
+ MinHeight: SmallInt; // minimum sizes
|
|
|
+ MaxWidth,
|
|
|
+ MaxHeight: Word; // maximum sizes
|
|
|
+ Flags: LongWord; // see below for defines
|
|
|
+ MenuStrip: PMenu; // the strip of Menu headers
|
|
|
+ Title: STRPTR; // the title text for this window
|
|
|
+ FirstRequest: PRequester; // all active Requesters
|
|
|
+ DMRequest: PRequester; // double-click Requester
|
|
|
+ ReqCount: SmallInt; // count of reqs blocking Window
|
|
|
+ WScreen: PScreen; // this Window's Screen
|
|
|
+ RPort: PRastPort; // this Window's very own RastPort
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ // the border variables describe the window border. If you specify GIMMEZEROZERO when you open the window, then the upper-left of the
|
|
|
+ // ClipRect for this window will be upper-left of the BitMap (with correct offsets when in SuperBitMap mode; you MUST select GIMMEZEROZERO when
|
|
|
+ // using SuperBitMap). If you don't specify ZeroZero, then you save memory (no allocation of RastPort, Layer, ClipRect and associated
|
|
|
+ // Bitmaps), but you also must offset all your writes by BorderTop, BorderLeft and do your own mini-clipping to prevent writing over the system gadgets
|
|
|
+ BorderLeft,
|
|
|
+ BorderTop,
|
|
|
+ BorderRight,
|
|
|
+ BorderBottom: Shortint;
|
|
|
+ BorderRPort: PRastPort;
|
|
|
+ // You supply a linked-list of Gadgets for your Window. This list DOES NOT include system gadgets. You get the standard
|
|
|
+ // window system gadgets by setting flag-bits in the variable Flags (see the bit definitions below)
|
|
|
+ FirstGadget : PGadget;
|
|
|
+ // these are for opening/closing the windows
|
|
|
+ Parent,
|
|
|
+ Descendant: PWindow;
|
|
|
+ // sprite data information for your own Pointer set these AFTER you Open the Window by calling SetPointer()
|
|
|
+ _Pointer: PWord; // sprite data
|
|
|
+ PtrHeight: Shortint; // sprite height (not including sprite padding)
|
|
|
+ PtrWidth: Shortint; // sprite width (must be less than or equal to 16)
|
|
|
+ XOffset,
|
|
|
+ YOffset: Shortint; // sprite offsets
|
|
|
+ // the IDCMP Flags and User's and Intuition's Message Ports
|
|
|
+ IDCMPFlags: LongWord; // User-selected flags
|
|
|
+ UserPort,
|
|
|
+ WindowPort: PMsgPort;
|
|
|
+ MessageKey: PIntuiMessage;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ DetailPen,
|
|
|
+ BlockPen: Byte; // for bar/border/gadget rendering
|
|
|
+ // the CheckMark is a pointer to the imagery that will be used when rendering MenuItems of this
|
|
|
+ // Window that want to be checkmarked if this is equal to NULL, you'll get the default imagery
|
|
|
+ CheckMark: PImage;
|
|
|
+ ScreenTitle: STRPTR; // if non-nil, Screen title when Window is active
|
|
|
+ // These variables have the mouse coordinates relative to the inner-Window of GIMMEZEROZERO Windows. This is compared with the
|
|
|
+ // MouseX and MouseY variables, which contain the mouse coordinates relative to the upper-left corner of the Window, GIMMEZEROZERO notwithstanding
|
|
|
+ GZZMouseX: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ GZZMouseY: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ // these variables contain the width and height of the inner-Window of GIMMEZEROZERO Windows
|
|
|
+ GZZWidth: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ GZZHeight: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ ExtData: PByte;
|
|
|
+ UserData: PSmallInt; // general-purpose pointer to User data extension
|
|
|
+ // 11/18/85: this pointer keeps a duplicate of what Window.RPort->Layer is _supposed_ to be pointing at
|
|
|
+ WLayer: PLayer;
|
|
|
+ // NEW 1.2: need to keep track of the font that OpenWindow opened, in case user SetFont's into RastPort
|
|
|
+ IFont: PTextFont;
|
|
|
+ // (V36) another flag word (the Flags field is used up). At present, all flag values are system private. Until further notice, you may not change nor use this field.
|
|
|
+ MoreFlags: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ //**** Data beyond this point are Intuition Private. DO NOT USE ****
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// === Screen
|
|
|
+ TScreen = record
|
|
|
+ NextScreen: PScreen; // linked list of screens
|
|
|
+ FirstWindow: PWindow; // linked list Screen's Windows
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ LeftEdge, TopEdge: SmallInt; // parameters of the screen
|
|
|
+ Width, Height: SmallInt; // parameters of the screen
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ MouseY, MouseX: SmallInt; // position relative to upper-left
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Flags: Word; // see definitions below
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Title: STRPTR; // null-terminated Title text
|
|
|
+ DefaultTitle: STRPTR; // for Windows without ScreenTitle
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ // Bar sizes for this Screen and all Window's in this Screen Note that BarHeight is one less than the actual menu bar
|
|
|
+ // height. We're going to keep this in V36 for compatibility, although V36 artwork might use that extra pixel
|
|
|
+ // Also, the title bar height of a window is calculated from the screen's WBorTop field, plus the font height, plus one.
|
|
|
+ BarHeight, BarVBorder, BarHBorder, MenuVBorder, MenuHBorder: Shortint;
|
|
|
+ WBorTop, WBorLeft, WBorRight, WBorBottom: Shortint;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Font: PTextAttr; // this screen's default font
|
|
|
+ // the display data structures for this Screen (note the prefix S)
|
|
|
+ ViewPort: TViewPort; // describing the Screen's display
|
|
|
+ RastPort: TRastPort; // describing Screen rendering
|
|
|
+ BitMap: TBitMap; // extra copy of RastPort BitMap
|
|
|
+ LayerInfo: TLayer_Info; // each screen gets a LayerInfo
|
|
|
+ // You supply a linked-list of Gadgets for your Screen. This list DOES NOT include system Gadgets. You get the standard system Screen Gadgets by default
|
|
|
+ FirstGadget: PGadget;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ DetailPen, BlockPen: Byte; // for bar/border/gadget rendering
|
|
|
+ // the following variable(s) are maintained by Intuition to support the DisplayBeep() color flashing technique
|
|
|
+ SaveColor0: Word;
|
|
|
+ // This layer is for the Screen and Menu bars
|
|
|
+ BarLayer: PLayer;
|
|
|
+ ExtData: PByte;
|
|
|
+ UserData: PByte; // general-purpose pointer to User data extension
|
|
|
+ //*** Data below this point are SYSTEM PRIVATE
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// --- Flags requested at OpenWindow() time by the application ---------
|
|
|
+ WFLG_SIZEGADGET = $00000001; // include sizing system-gadget?
|
|
|
+ WFLG_DRAGBAR = $00000002; // include dragging system-gadget?
|
|
|
+ WFLG_DEPTHGADGET = $00000004; // include depth arrangement gadget?
|
|
|
+ WFLG_CLOSEGADGET = $00000008; // include close-box system-gadget?
|
|
|
+ WFLG_SIZEBRIGHT = $00000010; // size gadget uses right border
|
|
|
+ WFLG_SIZEBBOTTOM = $00000020; // size gadget uses bottom border
|
|
|
+// --- refresh modes ---------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
+// combinations of the WFLG_REFRESHBITS select the refresh type
|
|
|
+ WFLG_REFRESHBITS = $000000C0;
|
|
|
+ WFLG_SMART_REFRESH = $00000000;
|
|
|
+ WFLG_SIMPLE_REFRESH = $00000040;
|
|
|
+ WFLG_SUPER_BITMAP = $00000080;
|
|
|
+ WFLG_OTHER_REFRESH = $000000C0;
|
|
|
+ WFLG_BACKDROP = $00000100; // this is a backdrop window
|
|
|
+ WFLG_REPORTMOUSE = $00000200; // to hear about every mouse move
|
|
|
+ WFLG_GIMMEZEROZERO = $00000400; // a GimmeZeroZero window
|
|
|
+ WFLG_BORDERLESS = $00000800; // to get a Window sans border
|
|
|
+ WFLG_ACTIVATE = $00001000; // when Window opens, it's Active
|
|
|
+// --- Other User Flags ------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
+ WFLG_RMBTRAP = $00010000; // Catch RMB events for your own
|
|
|
+ WFLG_NOCAREREFRESH = $00020000; // not to be bothered with REFRESH
|
|
|
+// - V36 new Flags which the programmer may specify in TNewWindow.Flags
|
|
|
+ WFLG_NW_EXTENDED = $00040000; // extension data provided see TExtNewWindow
|
|
|
+// - V39 new Flags which the programmer may specify in TNewWindow.Flags
|
|
|
+ WFLG_NEWLOOKMENUS = $00200000; // window has NewLook menus
|
|
|
+// These flags are set only by Intuition. YOU MAY NOT SET THEM YOURSELF!
|
|
|
+ WFLG_WINDOWACTIVE = $00002000; // this window is the active one
|
|
|
+ WFLG_INREQUEST = $00004000; // this window is in request mode
|
|
|
+ WFLG_MENUSTATE = $00008000; // Window is active with Menus on
|
|
|
+ WFLG_WINDOWREFRESH = $01000000; // Window is currently refreshing
|
|
|
+ WFLG_WBENCHWINDOW = $02000000; // WorkBench tool ONLY Window
|
|
|
+ WFLG_WINDOWTICKED = $04000000; // only one timer tick at a time
|
|
|
+ WFLG_VISITOR = $08000000; // visitor window
|
|
|
+ WFLG_ZOOMED = $10000000; // identifies "zoom state"
|
|
|
+ WFLG_HASZOOM = $20000000; // windowhas a zoom gadget
|
|
|
+// --- Other Window Values ---------------------------------------------
|
|
|
+ DEFAULTMOUSEQUEUE = 5; // no more mouse messages
|
|
|
+// --- see TIntuiMessage for the IDCMP Flag definitions -------------
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// === NewWindow
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ PNewWindow = ^TNewWindow;
|
|
|
+ TNewWindow = record
|
|
|
+ LeftEdge, TopEdge: SmallInt; // screen dimensions of window
|
|
|
+ Width, Height: SmallInt; // screen dimensions of window
|
|
|
+ DetailPen, BlockPen: Byte; // for bar/border/gadget rendering
|
|
|
+ IDCMPFlags: LongWord; // User-selected IDCMP flags
|
|
|
+ Flags: LongWord; // see Window struct for defines
|
|
|
+ // You supply a linked-list of Gadgets for your Window.
|
|
|
+ // This list DOES NOT include system Gadgets. You get the standard
|
|
|
+ // system Window Gadgets by setting flag-bits in the variable Flags
|
|
|
+ // (see the bit definitions under the Window structure definition)
|
|
|
+ FirstGadget: PGadget;
|
|
|
+ // the CheckMark is a pointer to the imagery that will be used when rendering MenuItems of this Window
|
|
|
+ // that want to be checkmarked if this is equal to nil, you'll get the default imagery
|
|
|
+ CheckMark: PImage;
|
|
|
+ Title: STRPTR; // the title text for this window
|
|
|
+ // the Screen pointer is used only if you've defined a CUSTOMSCREEN and want this Window to open in it. If so, you pass
|
|
|
+ // the Pointer of the Custom Screen structure in this variable. Otherwise, this variable is ignored and doesn't have to be initialized.
|
|
|
+ Screen: PScreen;
|
|
|
+ // WFLG_SUPER_BITMAP Window? If so, put the address of your BitMap structure in this variable.
|
|
|
+ // If not, this variable is ignored and doesn't have to be initialized
|
|
|
+ BitMap: PBitMap;
|
|
|
+ { the values describe the minimum and maximum sizes of your Windows. these matter only if you've chosen the WINDOWSIZING Gadget option,
|
|
|
+ which means that you want to let the User to change the size of this Window. You describe the minimum and maximum sizes that the
|
|
|
+ Window can grow by setting these variables. You can initialize any one these to zero, which will mean that you want to duplicate
|
|
|
+ the setting for that dimension (if MinWidth == 0, MinWidth will be set to the opening Width of the Window).
|
|
|
+ You can change these settings later using SetWindowLimits(). If you haven't asked for a SIZING Gadget, you don't have to initialize any of these variables.}
|
|
|
+ MinWidth, MinHeight: SmallInt; // minimums
|
|
|
+ MaxWidth, MaxHeight: Word; // maximums
|
|
|
+ // the type variable describes the Screen in which you want this Window to open. The type value can either be CUSTOMSCREEN or one of the
|
|
|
+ // system standard Screen Types such as WBENCHSCREEN. See the type definitions under the Screen structure
|
|
|
+ Type_: Word;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// The following structure is the future NewWindow. Compatibility issues require that the size of NewWindow not change.
|
|
|
+// Data in the common part (NewWindow) indicates the the extension fields are being used.
|
|
|
+// NOTE WELL: This structure may be subject to future extension. Writing code depending on its size is not allowed.
|
|
|
+ PExtNewWindow = ^TExtNewWindow;
|
|
|
+ TExtNewWindow = record
|
|
|
+ LeftEdge, TopEdge: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ Width, Height: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ DetailPen, BlockPen: Byte;
|
|
|
+ IDCMPFlags: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ Flags: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ FirstGadget: PGadget;
|
|
|
+ CheckMark: PImage;
|
|
|
+ Title: STRPTR;
|
|
|
+ Screen: PScreen;
|
|
|
+ BitMap: PBitMap;
|
|
|
+ MinWidth, MinHeight: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ MaxWidth, MaxHeight: Word;
|
|
|
+ // the type variable describes the Screen in which you want this Window to open. The type value can either be CUSTOMSCREEN or one of the
|
|
|
+ // system standard Screen Types such as WBENCHSCREEN. See the type definitions under the Screen structure.
|
|
|
+ // A new possible value for this field is PUBLICSCREEN, which defines the window as a 'visitor' window. See below for additional information provided.
|
|
|
+ Type_: Word;
|
|
|
+ // extensions for V36 if the NewWindow Flag value WFLG_NW_EXTENDED is set, then this field is assumed to point to an array ( or chain of arrays)
|
|
|
+ // of TagItem structures. See also ExtNewScreen for another use of TagItems to pass optional data. see below for tag values and the corresponding data.
|
|
|
+ Extension: PTagItem;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// The TagItem ID's (ti_Tag values) for OpenWindowTagList() follow. They are values in a TagItem array passed as extension/replacement
|
|
|
+// values for the data in NewWindow. OpenWindowTagList() can actually work well with a NULL NewWindow pointer.
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ WA_Dummy = (TAG_USER + 99); // $80000063
|
|
|
+// these tags simply override TNewWindow parameters
|
|
|
+ WA_Left = WA_Dummy + $01;
|
|
|
+ WA_Top = WA_Dummy + $02;
|
|
|
+ WA_Width = WA_Dummy + $03;
|
|
|
+ WA_Height = WA_Dummy + $04;
|
|
|
+ WA_DetailPen = WA_Dummy + $05;
|
|
|
+ WA_BlockPen = WA_Dummy + $06;
|
|
|
+ WA_IDCMP = WA_Dummy + $07;
|
|
|
+ // "bulk" initialization of TNewWindow.Flags
|
|
|
+ WA_Flags = WA_Dummy + $08;
|
|
|
+ WA_Gadgets = WA_Dummy + $09;
|
|
|
+ WA_Checkmark = WA_Dummy + $0A;
|
|
|
+ WA_Title = WA_Dummy + $0B;
|
|
|
+ // means you don't have to call SetWindowTitles after you open your window
|
|
|
+ WA_ScreenTitle = WA_Dummy + $0C;
|
|
|
+ WA_CustomScreen = WA_Dummy + $0D;
|
|
|
+ WA_SuperBitMap = WA_Dummy + $0E;
|
|
|
+ // also implies WFLG_SUPER_BITMAP property
|
|
|
+ WA_MinWidth = WA_Dummy + $0F;
|
|
|
+ WA_MinHeight = WA_Dummy + $10;
|
|
|
+ WA_MaxWidth = WA_Dummy + $11;
|
|
|
+ WA_MaxHeight = WA_Dummy + $12;
|
|
|
+ // The following are specifications for new features
|
|
|
+ WA_InnerWidth = WA_Dummy + $13; // You can specify the dimensions of the interior region of your window, independent of what the border widths will be. You probably want
|
|
|
+ WA_InnerHeight = WA_Dummy + $14; // to also specify WA_AutoAdjust to allow Intuition to move your window or even shrink it so that it is completely on screen.
|
|
|
+ WA_PubScreenName = WA_Dummy + $15; // declares that you want the window to open as a visitor on the public screen whose name is pointed to by PByte ti_Data
|
|
|
+ WA_PubScreen = WA_Dummy + $16; // open as a visitor window on the public screen whose Pointer is in PScreen ti_Data.
|
|
|
+ // To ensure that this screen remains open, you should either be the screen's owner, have a window open on the screen, or use LockPubScreen().
|
|
|
+ WA_PubScreenFallBack = WA_Dummy + $17; // A Boolean, specifies whether a visitor window should "fall back" to the default public screen
|
|
|
+ // (or Workbench) if the named public screen isn't available
|
|
|
+ WA_WindowName = WA_Dummy + $18; // optional name for your window, useful for input helpers and diagnostic tools to identify the window
|
|
|
+ // when it doesn't have a proper title. (V51)
|
|
|
+ WA_Colors = WA_Dummy + $19; // a ColorSpec array for colors to be set when this window is active. This is not
|
|
|
+ // implemented, and may not be, since the default values to restore would be hard to track.
|
|
|
+ // We'd like to at least support per-window colors for the mouse pointer sprite.
|
|
|
+ WA_Zoom = WA_Dummy + $1A; // ti_Data points to an array of four SmallInt's, the initial Left/Top/Width/Height values of
|
|
|
+ // the "alternate" zoom position/dimensions. It also specifies that you want a Zoom gadget
|
|
|
+ // for your window, whether or not you have a sizing gadget.
|
|
|
+ WA_MouseQueue = WA_Dummy + $1B; // ti_Data contains initial value for the mouse message backlog limit for this window.
|
|
|
+ WA_BackFill = WA_Dummy + $1C; // provides a "backfill hook" for your window's Layer. See layers.library/CreateUpfrontHookLayer().
|
|
|
+ WA_RptQueue = WA_Dummy + $1D; // initial value of repeat key backlog limit
|
|
|
+ // These Boolean tag items are alternatives to the TNewWindow.Flags boolean flags with similar names.
|
|
|
+ WA_SizeGadget = WA_Dummy + $1E;
|
|
|
+ WA_DragBar = WA_Dummy + $1F;
|
|
|
+ WA_DepthGadget = WA_Dummy + $20;
|
|
|
+ WA_CloseGadget = WA_Dummy + $21;
|
|
|
+ WA_Backdrop = WA_Dummy + $22;
|
|
|
+ WA_ReportMouse = WA_Dummy + $23;
|
|
|
+ WA_NoCareRefresh = WA_Dummy + $24;
|
|
|
+ WA_Borderless = WA_Dummy + $25;
|
|
|
+ WA_Activate = WA_Dummy + $26;
|
|
|
+ WA_RMBTrap = WA_Dummy + $27;
|
|
|
+ WA_WBenchWindow = WA_Dummy + $28; // PRIVATE!!
|
|
|
+ WA_SimpleRefresh = WA_Dummy + $29; // only specify if TRUE
|
|
|
+ WA_SmartRefresh = WA_Dummy + $2A; // only specify if TRUE
|
|
|
+ WA_SizeBRight = WA_Dummy + $2B;
|
|
|
+ WA_SizeBBottom = WA_Dummy + $2C;
|
|
|
+ // New Boolean properties
|
|
|
+ WA_AutoAdjust = WA_Dummy + $2D; // shift or squeeze the window's position and dimensions to fit it on screen.
|
|
|
+ WA_GimmeZeroZero = WA_Dummy + $2E; // equiv. to TNewWindow.Flags WFLG_GIMMEZEROZERO
|
|
|
+ // New for V37: WA_MenuHelp (ignored by V36)
|
|
|
+ WA_MenuHelp = WA_Dummy + $2F; // Enables IDCMP_MENUHELP: Pressing HELP during menus will return IDCMP_MENUHELP message.
|
|
|
+ // New for V39: (ignored by V37 and earlier)
|
|
|
+ WA_NewLookMenus = WA_Dummy + $30; // Set to TRUE if you want NewLook menus
|
|
|
+ WA_AmigaKey = WA_Dummy + $31; // Pointer to image for Amiga-key equiv in menus
|
|
|
+ WA_NotifyDepth = WA_Dummy + $32; // Requests IDCMP_CHANGEWINDOW message when window is depth arranged (imsg^.Code = CWCODE_DEPTH)
|
|
|
+ // WA_Dummy + $33 is obsolete
|
|
|
+ WA_Pointer = WA_Dummy + $34; // Allows you to specify a custom pointer for your window. ti_Data points to a
|
|
|
+ // pointer object you obtained via "pointerclass". nil signifies the default pointer.
|
|
|
+ // This tag may be passed to OpenWindowTags() or SetWindowPointer().
|
|
|
+ WA_BusyPointer = WA_Dummy + $35; // ti_Data is boolean. Set to TRUE to request the standard busy pointer.
|
|
|
+ // This tag may be passed to OpenWindowTags() or SetWindowPointer().
|
|
|
+ WA_PointerDelay = WA_Dummy + $36; // ti_Data is boolean. Set to TRUE to request that the changing of the pointer be slightly delayed. The change
|
|
|
+ // will be called off if you call NewSetPointer() before the delay expires. This allows
|
|
|
+ // you to post a busy-pointer even if you think the busy-time may be very Word, without fear of a flashing pointer.
|
|
|
+ // This tag may be passed to OpenWindowTags() or SetWindowPointer().
|
|
|
+ WA_TabletMessages= WA_Dummy + $37; // ti_Data is a boolean. Set to TRUE to request that tablet information be included in IntuiMessages sent to your window.
|
|
|
+ // Requires that something (i.e. a tablet driver) feed IESUBCLASS_NEWTABLET InputEvents into
|
|
|
+ // the system. For a pointer to the TabletData, examine the ExtIntuiMessage->eim_TabletData
|
|
|
+ // field. It is UNSAFE to check this field when running on pre-V39 systems. It's always
|
|
|
+ // safe to check this field under V39 and up, though it may be nil.
|
|
|
+ WA_HelpGroup = WA_Dummy + $38; // When the active window has gadget help enabled, other windows of the same HelpGroup number
|
|
|
+ // will also get GadgetHelp. This allows GadgetHelp to work for multi-windowed applications.
|
|
|
+ // Use GetGroupID() to get an ID number. Pass this number as ti_Data to all your windows. See also the HelpControl() function.
|
|
|
+ WA_HelpGroupWindow=WA_Dummy + $39; // When the active window has gadget help enabled, other windows of the same HelpGroup will also get
|
|
|
+ // GadgetHelp. This allows GadgetHelp to work for multi-windowed applications. As an alternative
|
|
|
+ // to WA_HelpGroup, you can pass a pointer to any other window of the same group to join its help
|
|
|
+ // group. Defaults to NULL, which has no effect. See also the HelpControl() function.
|
|
|
+// New for V50: (ignored by V40 and earlier)
|
|
|
+ WA_UserPort = WA_Dummy + $3a; // (PMsgPort) A shared idcmp port, Intuition will not attempt to delete this port in ModifyIDCMP() or
|
|
|
+ // CloseWindow(). The CloseWindow() routine also takes care of stripping off all intuimessages that belong to the given window. V50.
|
|
|
+ WA_WindowBox = WA_Dummy + $3b; // (PIBox) An alternative way of specifying the window position and size. V50.
|
|
|
+ WA_Hidden = WA_Dummy + $3c; // (BOOL) if TRUE, the window will open in hidden state. V50.
|
|
|
+ WA_ToolBox = WA_Dummy + $3d; // (BOOL) if TRUE, the window can't be activated. ToolBox windows send gadget messages. V50.
|
|
|
+ WA_Reserved1 = WA_Dummy + $3e; // Reserved for system use. V50.
|
|
|
+ WA_MenuHook = WA_Dummy + $3f; // (PHook) Hook to call when user requests the menu of the window. V50.
|
|
|
+ WA_AutoAdjustDClip = WA_Dummy + $40; // (BOOL) Like WA_AutoAdjust but moves the window onto the DClip. V50.
|
|
|
+ WA_ShapeRegion= WA_Dummy + $41; // (PRegion) Region describing the shape of the window. See layers.library. V50.
|
|
|
+ WA_ShapeHook = WA_Dummy + $42; // (PHook) Hook providing the shape of the window on the fly. V50.
|
|
|
+ WA_InFrontOf = WA_Dummy + $43; // (PWindow) Open the window in front of the given window. V50.
|
|
|
+ WA_GrabFocus = WA_Dummy + $44; // (LongWord) When the window is active, limit mousepointer movements to the window area. The number given is the
|
|
|
+ // time (in intuiticks) this restriction will apply. This is so to give back full control to the user even when
|
|
|
+ // your application has crashed. The SetWindowAttrs() function allows you to set this feature at any time.
|
|
|
+ // A value of 0 disables it. The maximum value is 100.
|
|
|
+ WA_StayTop = WA_Dummy + $45; // (BOOL) Make this window to always stay in front of all others. V50.
|
|
|
+ WA_MouseLimits= WA_Dummy + $46; // (PIBox) This tag works together with WA_GrabFocus and allows you to specify the working area of the mouse
|
|
|
+ // pointer. The coordinates are relative to the upper left corner of the window.
|
|
|
+ WA_NoMenuKeyVerify=WA_Dummy+$47;// (BOOL) Restrict usage of menu verification for this window to mouse menu events only, letting keyboard shortcuts pass
|
|
|
+ // through. Ignored if IDCMP_MENUVERIFY is not set. V51.
|
|
|
+ WA_Reserved2 = WA_Dummy + $48; // Reserved for system use. V51.
|
|
|
+ WA_AlphaClips = WA_Dummy + $49; // (PClipRect) ClipRect list describing the alpha map of the window. See layers.library. V53.
|
|
|
+ WA_AlphaHook = WA_Dummy + $4A; // (PHook) Hook providing the alpha map of the window on the fly. V53.
|
|
|
+ WA_Opaqueness = WA_Dummy + $4B; // (LongWord) Overall opaqueness of the window. V53.
|
|
|
+ WA_FadeTime = WA_Dummy + $4C; // (LongWord) Duration of an opaqueness transition for the window, expressed in microseconds; 0 means "immediate". V53.
|
|
|
+ WA_OverrideOpaqueness = WA_Dummy + $4D; // (BOOL) If TRUE, the window opaqueness set via WA_Opaqueness
|
|
|
+ // will never get affected by any global opaqueness level from user preferences. V53.
|
|
|
+ WA_NoHitThreshold = WA_Dummy + $4E; // (LongInt) Any pixel of the window whose opaqueness is less than or equal to the specified amount will be treated as if it
|
|
|
+ // were intangible, i.e. it will let mouse clicks pass through to windows behind it. Possible values range from zero (only
|
|
|
+ // fully transparent pixels are intangible) to 255 (no pixel in the window can ever be hit). Additionally, -1 will make the
|
|
|
+ // whole window tangible, even where it is fully transparent. Use with care, as making opaque areas not hittable (or vice versa) may easily confuse the user. Defaults to 16. V53.
|
|
|
+ WA_DropShadows = WA_Dummy + $4F; // (LongInt) Allow drop shadows on window sides, if requested. Set to FALSE to prevent shadows from ever being drawn for
|
|
|
+ // this window, to TRUE to always allow shadows, and to -1 to only allow them if this window has a visible border.
|
|
|
+ // This tag defaults to -1, and is ignored if compositing is not enabled for this window's screen. V53.
|
|
|
+ WA_PointerType = WA_Dummy + $50; // Allows you to set one of Intuition's built-in pointers for your window. Zero signifies the default pointer.
|
|
|
+ // This tag may be passed to OpenWindowTags() or SetWindowPointer(). V53.
|
|
|
+ WA_MenuStrip = WA_Dummy + $51; // (PMenu) A menu strip for the window. This can be either a linked chain of traditional Menu structures, or a BOOPSI menu object tree from "menuclass". V54.
|
|
|
+ WA_ContextMenuHook = WA_Dummy + $52; // (struct Hook *) This hook will be invoked when Intuition is about to bring up the menus of a window
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+// Definitions for WA_ContextMenuHook (window context menu hook feature).
|
|
|
+ PContextMenuMsg = ^TContextMenuMsg;
|
|
|
+ TContextMenuMsg = record
|
|
|
+ State: LongWord; // CM_QUERY
|
|
|
+ // Set the following fields on CM_QUERY
|
|
|
+ Menu: APTR; // A context menu, or nil for the window menu
|
|
|
+ Context: APTR; // The application-specific element the menu is tied to
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ CM_QUERY = 0; // Menus are about to open, please return a context menu
|
|
|
+// Special codes for ShowWindow() and WA_InFrontOf: Give this as target window where to move your window to.
|
|
|
+ WINDOW_BACKMOST = PWindow(nil);
|
|
|
+ WINDOW_FRONTMOST = PWindow(1);
|
|
|
+// HelpControl() flags: HC_GADGETHELP - Set this flag to enable Gadget-Help for one or more windows.
|
|
|
+ HC_GADGETHELP = 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// IntuitionControlA() tags:
|
|
|
+ ICTRL_Dummy = TAG_USER + $1C000;
|
|
|
+ // No public tags defined so far
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ New for V39, Intuition supports the IESUBCLASS_NEWTABLET subclass of the IECLASS_NEWPOINTERPOS event.
|
|
|
+ The ie_EventAddress of such an event points to a TabletData structure (see below).
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The TabletData structure contains certain elements including a taglist. The taglist can be used for special tablet parameters. A tablet driver
|
|
|
+ should include only those tag-items the tablet supports. An application can listen for any tag-items that interest it. Note: an application
|
|
|
+ must set the WA_TabletMessages attribute to TRUE to receive this extended information in its IntuiMessages.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The definitions given here MUST be followed. Pay careful attention to normalization and the interpretation of signs.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Note: a stylus that supports tilt should use the TABLETA_AngleX and TABLETA_AngleY attributes. Tilting the stylus so the tip
|
|
|
+ points towards increasing or decreasing X is actually a rotation around the Y-axis. Thus, if the stylus tip points towards
|
|
|
+ positive X, then that tilt is represented as a negative TABLETA_AngleY. Likewise, if the stylus tip points towards positive Y, that tilt is represented by positive TABLETA_AngleX.}
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ TABLETA_Dummy = TAG_USER + $3A000;
|
|
|
+ TABLETA_TabletZ = TABLETA_Dummy + $01; // the current value of the tablet in the Z direction. This unsigned value should typically be in the natural units of the tablet. You should also provide TABLETA_RangeZ.
|
|
|
+ TABLETA_RangeZ = TABLETA_Dummy + $02; // the maximum value of the tablet in the Z direction. Normally specified along with TABLETA_TabletZ, this allows the application to scale the actual Z value across its range.
|
|
|
+ TABLETA_AngleX = TABLETA_Dummy + $03; // the angle of rotation or tilt about the X-axis. This number should be normalized to fill a signed long LongInt. Positive values imply a clockwise rotation about the X-axis when viewing from +X towards the origin.
|
|
|
+ TABLETA_AngleY = TABLETA_Dummy + $04; // the angle of rotation or tilt about the Y-axis. This number should be normalized to fill a signed long LongInt. Positive values imply a clockwise rotation about the Y-axis when viewing from +Y towards the origin.
|
|
|
+ TABLETA_AngleZ = TABLETA_Dummy + $05; // the angle of rotation or tilt about the Z axis. This number should be normalized to fill a signed long LongInt. Positive values imply a clockwise rotation about the Z-axis when viewing from +Z towards the origin.
|
|
|
+ TABLETA_Pressure = TABLETA_Dummy + $06; // the pressure reading of the stylus. The pressure should be normalized to fill a signed long LongInt. Typical devices
|
|
|
+ // won't generate negative pressure, but the possibility is not precluded. The pressure threshold which is considered to cause a button-click is
|
|
|
+ // expected to be set in a Preferences program supplied by the tablet vendor. The tablet driver would send IECODE_LBUTTON-type events as the pressure crossed that threshold.
|
|
|
+ TABLETA_ButtonBits = TABLETA_Dummy + $07; // ti_Data is a long LongInt whose bits are to be interpreted at the state of the first 32 buttons of the tablet.
|
|
|
+ TABLETA_InProximity = TABLETA_Dummy + $08; // ti_Data is a boolean. For tablets that support proximity, they should send the (TABLETA_InProximity,FALSE) tag item
|
|
|
+ // when the stylus is out of proximity. One possible use we can forsee is a mouse-blanking commodity which keys off this to blank the
|
|
|
+ // mouse. When this tag is absent, the stylus is assumed to be in proximity.
|
|
|
+ TABLETA_ResolutionX = TABLETA_Dummy + $09; // ti_Data is an unsigned long LongInt which is the x-axis resolution in dots per inch.
|
|
|
+ TABLETA_ResolutionY = TABLETA_Dummy + $0A; // ti_Data is an unsigned long LongInt which is the y-axis resolution in dots per inch.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// If your window sets WA_TabletMessages to TRUE, then it will receive extended IntuiMessages (struct ExtIntuiMessage) whose eim_TabletData
|
|
|
+// field points at a TabletData structure. This structure contains additional information about the input event.
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PTabletData = ^TTabletData;
|
|
|
+ TTabletData = record
|
|
|
+ td_XFraction, td_YFraction: Word; // Sub-pixel position of tablet, in screen coordinates, scaled to fill a word fraction
|
|
|
+ td_TabletX, td_TabletY: LongWord; // Current tablet coordinates along each axis
|
|
|
+ td_RangeX, td_RangeY: LongWord; // Tablet range along each axis. For example, if td_TabletX can take values 0-999, td_RangeX should be 1000.
|
|
|
+ td_TagList: PTagItem; // Pointer to tag-list of additional tablet attributes.
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// If a tablet driver supplies a hook for ient_CallBack, it will be invoked in the standard hook manner. A0 will point to the Hook
|
|
|
+// itself, A2 will point to the InputEvent that was sent, and A1 will point to a TabletHookData structure. The InputEvent's
|
|
|
+// ie_EventAddress field points at the IENewTablet structure that the driver supplied.
|
|
|
+// Based on the thd_Screen, thd_Width, and thd_Height fields, the driver should scale the ient_TabletX and ient_TabletY fields and store the
|
|
|
+// result in ient_ScaledX, ient_ScaledY, ient_ScaledXFraction, and ient_ScaledYFraction. The tablet hook must currently return nil.
|
|
|
+// This is the only acceptable return-value under V39.
|
|
|
+ PTabletHookData = ^TTabletHookData;
|
|
|
+ TTabletHookData = record
|
|
|
+ thd_Screen: PScreen; // Pointer to the active screen: Note: if there are no open screens, thd_Screen will be NULL. thd_Width and thd_Height will then describe an NTSC 640x400 screen. Please scale accordingly.
|
|
|
+ thd_Width, thd_Height: LongWord; // The width and height (measured in pixels of the active screen) that your are to scale to:
|
|
|
+ thd_ScreenChanged : LongInt; // Non-zero if the screen or something about the screen changed since the last time you were invoked:
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+// New for V39:
|
|
|
+// All IntuiMessages are now slightly extended. The ExtIntuiMessage structure has an additional field for tablet data, which is usually
|
|
|
+// nil. If a tablet driver which is sending IESUBCLASS_NEWTABLET events is installed in the system, windows with the WA_TabletMessages
|
|
|
+// property set will find that eim_TabletData points to the TabletData structure. Applications must first check that this field is non-NULL;
|
|
|
+// it will be NULL for certain kinds of message, including mouse activity generated from other than the tablet (i.e. the keyboard equivalents or the mouse itself).
|
|
|
+// NEVER EVER examine any extended fields when running under pre-V39!
|
|
|
+// NOTE: This structure is subject to grow in the future. Making assumptions about its size is A BAD IDEA.
|
|
|
+ PExtIntuiMessage = ^TExtIntuiMessage;
|
|
|
+ TExtIntuiMessage = record
|
|
|
+ eim_IntuiMessage: TIntuiMessage;
|
|
|
+ eim_TabletData: PTabletData;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// === DoScrollHook() specifications (V50)
|
|
|
+// Hook function with extra data; invoked when one of the scrolling operations are to be performed.
|
|
|
+ PScrollHook = ^TScrollHook;
|
|
|
+ TScrollHook = record
|
|
|
+ sh_Hook: PHook;
|
|
|
+ sh_Top: LongInt; // This is the number of the first visible item.
|
|
|
+ sh_Total: LongInt; // This is the total number of items available for display.
|
|
|
+ sh_Visible: LongInt; // This is how many entries can be visible at a time.
|
|
|
+ sh_Size: LongInt; // This is how many pixels high/wide each item is.
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+// The message passed to your scrolling function. The action to perform is in the sm_Action field.
|
|
|
+ PScrollMsg = ^TScrollMsg;
|
|
|
+ TScrollMsg = record
|
|
|
+ sm_Action: LongWord; // The action to perform
|
|
|
+ sm_NumItems: LongInt; // Number of items to render
|
|
|
+ sm_NumPixels: LongInt; // Number of pixels to scroll
|
|
|
+ sm_TopItem: LongInt; // The first visible item
|
|
|
+ sm_TopPixel: LongInt; // The first visible pixel
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// Scrolling actions to perform.
|
|
|
+ SMA_GetScrollerTop = 0; // Return the number of the first visible line.
|
|
|
+ SMA_RedrawAll = 1; // Redraw the entire display.
|
|
|
+ SMA_Scroll = 2; // Scroll the display; the number of pixels to scroll is stored in the sm_NumPixels field. Return whether
|
|
|
+ // the scrolling operation produced layer damage which needs to be repaired.
|
|
|
+ SMA_Draw = 3; // Draw a portion of the display. The number of lines to print is in the sm_NumItems field. The pixel position
|
|
|
+ // to start drawing at is in the sm_TopPixel field. The first line to print is in the sm_TopItem field.
|
|
|
+ SMA_RepairDamage = 4; // Same as SMA_Draw except that the drawing operations must be performed between BeginRefresh() and EndRefresh().
|
|
|
+// How to perform the scrolling operation (this is the scroll mode parameter of the DoScrollHook() function.
|
|
|
+ DSHM_Smooth = 0; // Scroll smoothly
|
|
|
+ DSHM_Jump = 1; // Jump straight to the requested display position.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// GUI element base types
|
|
|
+ BT_BACKGROUND = $00000000; // Generic background
|
|
|
+ BT_DRIPEN = $00100000; // A base DrawInfo pen
|
|
|
+ BT_WINBORDER = $00200000; // Window border
|
|
|
+ BT_GADGET = $00300000; // Generic gadget
|
|
|
+ BT_PROPKNOB = $00400000; // Proportional gadget knob
|
|
|
+ BT_PROPBG = $00500000; // Proportional gadget background
|
|
|
+ BT_WINPROPKNOB = $00600000; // Prop. gadget knob in window border
|
|
|
+ BT_WINPROPBG = $00700000; // Prop. gadget backgr. in window border
|
|
|
+ BT_MENU = $00800000; // Menu panel background
|
|
|
+ BT_SCREENBAR = $00900000; // Screen titlebar
|
|
|
+ BT_WINDOWBAR = $00A00000; // Window titlebar
|
|
|
+ BT_WINDOWBG = $00B00000; // Window background
|
|
|
+ BT_REQUESTERBG = $00C00000; // Requester background
|
|
|
+ BT_TABPAGE = $00D00000; // Tab page background
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ BT_FLAGSMASK = $000F0000; // Flags valid for ALL base types
|
|
|
+ BT_OFFSETRECT = $00010000; // Left, top contain backfill offsets
|
|
|
+ BT_DIRECTSHADE = $00020000; // Flag for ShadeRectA(), see autodoc
|
|
|
+// Shading levels
|
|
|
+ LEVEL_BRIGHT = 0; // Full-intensity bright details
|
|
|
+ LEVEL_HALFBRIGHT = 1; // Half-intensity bright details
|
|
|
+ LEVEL_NORMAL = 2; // Normal imagery
|
|
|
+ LEVEL_HALFDARK = 3; // Half-intensity dark details
|
|
|
+ LEVEL_DARK = 4; // Full-intensity dark details
|
|
|
+// Contrast levels and flags
|
|
|
+ STD_DISABLE_CONTRAST = $1000; // For disabled imagery
|
|
|
+ CNTR_CORRECT = $0100; // Correct contrast of bright details
|
|
|
+ CNTR_ABSOLUTE = $0200; // Absolute (non-percentage) shading
|
|
|
+// ShadeRectA() tags
|
|
|
+ SRA_Dummy = $03800000;
|
|
|
+ SRA_OffsetX = SRA_Dummy + 1; // (Word) Logical rendering offset on the X axis.
|
|
|
+ SRA_OffsetY = SRA_Dummy + 2; // (Word) Logical rendering offset on the Y axis.
|
|
|
+ SRA_DeltaX = SRA_Dummy + 3; // (Word) Delta increment for SRA_OffsetX.
|
|
|
+ SRA_DeltaY = SRA_Dummy + 4; // (Word) Delta increment for SRA_OffsetY.
|
|
|
+ SRA_Domain = SRA_Dummy + 5; // (PRectangle) Logical rendering container.
|
|
|
+ SRA_DirectShade = SRA_Dummy + 6; // (BOOL) Force on-the-fly shading
|
|
|
+ SRA_RefreshBG = SRA_Dummy + 7; // (BOOL) Redraw background first to avoid overshading
|
|
|
+// DisableTemplate() data types (V51)
|
|
|
+ TT_BITPLANE = 0; // Template is a 16-bit-aligned bitplane
|
|
|
+ TT_ALPHA8 = 1; // Template is an alpha map (modulo = 1)
|
|
|
+ TT_ALPHA16 = 2; // Template is an alpha map (modulo = 2)
|
|
|
+ TT_ALPHA24 = 3; // Template is an alpha map (modulo = 3)
|
|
|
+ TT_ALPHA32 = 4; // Template is an alpha map (modulo = 4)
|
|
|
+// GUI attributes
|
|
|
+ GUIA_Dummy = TAG_USER + $4400000;
|
|
|
+ //******* Window-, screen- and global-level GUI attributes
|
|
|
+ GUIA_DefaultStyle = GUIA_Dummy + 1; // (APTR) Default style plugin, may be overridden (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowBorderStyle = GUIA_Dummy + 2; // (APTR) Style plugin to be used to render window borders (G/G/G).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowGadgetStyle = GUIA_Dummy + 3; // (APTR) Style plugin to be used to render border gadgets (G/G/G).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_SizeGadgetWidth = GUIA_Dummy + 4; // (ShortInt) Width of window sizing gadget; -1 = automatic (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_SizeGadgetHeight = GUIA_Dummy + 5; // (ShortInt) Height of window sizing gadget; -1 = automatic (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ArrowGadgetWidth = GUIA_Dummy + 6; // (ShortInt) Width of border arrow gadgets; -1 = automatic (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ArrowGadgetHeight = GUIA_Dummy + 7; // (ShortInt) Height of border arrow gadgets; -1 = automatic (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowBorderLeft = GUIA_Dummy + 8; // (ShortInt) Thickness of left window border, without gadgets (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowBorderTop = GUIA_Dummy + 9; // (ShortInt) Thickness of top window border, without gadgets (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowBorderRight = GUIA_Dummy + 10; // (ShortInt) Thickness of right window border, without gadgets (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowBorderBottom = GUIA_Dummy + 11; // (ShortInt) Thickness of bottom window border, without gadgets (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowTitlePosition = GUIA_Dummy + 12; // (Byte) Position of titles in window titlebars (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowBarPadding = GUIA_Dummy + 13; // (Byte) Added to the font height to set titlebar height (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowReserved = GUIA_Dummy + 14; // (BOOL) Reserved for now, don't use.
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowPropKnobHandle= GUIA_Dummy + 15; // (Word) Type of handle for window border scroller knobs (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowPropKnobColor = GUIA_Dummy + 16; // (BOOL) Do border scroller knobs use window border color? (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowPropBackground= GUIA_Dummy + 17; // (Word) Type of background for window border scrollers (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_PropBackground = GUIA_Dummy + 18; // (Word) Type of background for proportional gadgets (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowPropKnobBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 19; // (PHook) Backfill hook for border scroller knobs (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_PropKnobBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 20; // (PHook) Backfill hook for prop gadget knobs (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowPropSelKnobBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 21; // (PHook) Backfill hook for selected border knobs (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_PropSelKnobBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 22; // (PHook) Backfill hook for selected prop knobs (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowPropInactKnobBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 23; // (PHook) Backfill hook for inactive border knobs (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowPropBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 24; // (PHook) Backfill hook for border scrollers (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowPropInactBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 25; // (PHook) Backfill hook for inactive border scrollers (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_PropBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 26; // (PHook) Backfill hook for proportional gadgets (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_SysImageFrameType = GUIA_Dummy + 27; // (Word) Type of frame for screen and window system gadgets (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowPropBorder = GUIA_Dummy + 28; // (BOOL) Do window border scrollers have a double border? (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_PropBorder = GUIA_Dummy + 29; // (BOOL) Do GT/RA scrollers have a double border? (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowPropSpacing = GUIA_Dummy + 30; // (Byte) Thickness of window scrollers borders (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_PropSpacing = GUIA_Dummy + 31; // (Byte) Thickness of GT/RA scrollers borders (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_PropKnobHandle = GUIA_Dummy + 32; // (Word) Type of handle for scroller knobs (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_PropKnobColor = GUIA_Dummy + 33; // (BOOL) Do scroller knobs use FILLPEN as their color? (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowSizeBorder = GUIA_Dummy + 34; // (Word) Preferred border(s) to place the sizing gadget in (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowGadgetFrameStyle = GUIA_Dummy + 35; // (APTR) Style plugin to be used to render border gadget frames (G/G/G).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_GadgetStyle = GUIA_Dummy + 36; // (APTR) Style plugin to be used to render GT/RA gadgets (G/G/G).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_DefaultGeometry = GUIA_Dummy + 37; // (APTR) Style plugin defining geometry of GUI elements (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowGadgetGeometry= GUIA_Dummy + 38; // (APTR) Style plugin defining geometry of border gadgets (G/G/G).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_GadgetGeometry = GUIA_Dummy + 39; // (APTR) Style plugin defining geometry of GT/RA gadgets (G/G/G).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ScreenBarGadgetSize = GUIA_Dummy + 40; // (APTR) Size of gadgets in the screen titlebar (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowBarGadgetSize = GUIA_Dummy + 41; // (APTR) Size of gadgets in the window titlebar (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_GadgetArrowType = GUIA_Dummy + 42; // (LongWord) Type of arrow symbols to be used in arrow buttons (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_GadgetCycleType = GUIA_Dummy + 43; // (LongWord) Type of cycle symbol to be used in cycle gadgets (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_GadgetArrowStyle = GUIA_Dummy + 44; // (APTR) Style plugin to be used to render GT/RA arrow buttons (G/G/G).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_GadgetCycleStyle = GUIA_Dummy + 45; // (APTR) Style plugin to be used to render GT/RA cycle gadgets (G/G/G).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_SysImageSymbolType = GUIA_Dummy + 46; // (Word) Type of symbols for screen and window system gadgets (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_SysIGeometryType = GUIA_Dummy + 47; // (Word) Type of geometry for screen and window system gadgets (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowBarBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 48; // (PHook) Backfill hook for active window titlebars (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowBarInactBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 49; // (PHook) Backfill hook for inactive window titlebars (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowBorderBackfill= GUIA_Dummy + 50; // (PHook) Backfill hook for active window borders (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowBorderInactBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 51; // (PHook) Backfill hook for inactive window borders (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowPropLook = GUIA_Dummy + 52; // (BOOL) Use the GUIA_FramePropLook also for border scrollers? (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_EvenRequesterButtons= GUIA_Dummy + 53; // (BOOL) Make all buttons of system requesters equally wide? (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_RequestersPosition = GUIA_Dummy + 54; // (Word) Opening position of system requesters (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowBorderLook = GUIA_Dummy + 55; // (Word) Type of window border (3D, framed, flat...) (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_Reserved1 = GUIA_Dummy + 56;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_Reserved2 = GUIA_Dummy + 57;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_Reserved3 = GUIA_Dummy + 58; // (APTR) System reserved attributes, don't use.
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowBarFrameThickness= GUIA_Dummy + 59; // (Word) Thickness of 3D edges of window titlebar frames (1 or 2) (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowFrameThickness= GUIA_Dummy + 60; // (Word) Thickness of 3D edges of window frames (1 or 2) (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_PropOuterSpacing = GUIA_Dummy + 61; // (Word) Make scrollers detached from lists and/or buttons? (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_SliderDisplayMode = GUIA_Dummy + 62; // (Word) Preferred position of slider level display (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_CycleLabelJustify = GUIA_Dummy + 63; // (Word) Justification of cycle/chooser labels (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ClickTabLook = GUIA_Dummy + 64; // (LongWord) Various flags affecting the look of clicktabs (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_GadgetHorizPadding = GUIA_Dummy + 65;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_GadgetVertPadding = GUIA_Dummy + 66; // (Word) Horizontal and vertical padding for ReAction gadgets (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 67; // (PHook) Backfill hook for window background (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_RequesterBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 68; // (PHook) Backfill hook for requester background (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_TabTitleBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 69; // (PHook) Backfill hook for active tab header (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_TabActiveBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 70; // (PHook) Backfill hook for active tab page (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_TabInactiveBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 71; // (PHook) Backfill hook for inactive tabs (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_LayoutHorizSpacing = GUIA_Dummy + 72;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_LayoutVertSpacing = GUIA_Dummy + 73; // (Word) Horizontal and vertical spacing in ReAction layouts (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_GroupLabelPlace = GUIA_Dummy + 74; // (LongWord) Position of group labels (left/center/right) (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_GroupLabelLook = GUIA_Dummy + 75; // (LongWord) Appearance of group labels (plain, 3D, bold...) (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_GroupLabelTextAttr = GUIA_Dummy + 76; // (PTextAttr) Font specification for group labels (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_FallbackTextAttr = GUIA_Dummy + 77; // (PTextAttr) Font specification for fallback layout (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_GadgetTextAttr = GUIA_Dummy + 78; // (PTextAttr) Font specification for RA gadgets (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_LabelTextAttr = GUIA_Dummy + 79; // (PTextAttr) Font specification for RA labels (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowRefresh = GUIA_Dummy + 80; // (LongWord) Preferred window refresh type (1 = simple, 0 = smart) (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_GroupLabelVertAlign = GUIA_Dummy + 81; // (LongWord) Vertical alignment of group labels (center, baseline...) (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ListHierNodeStyle = GUIA_Dummy + 82; // (Word) Style of hierarchical list nodes (+/- boxes, arrows) (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ListHierConnectType = GUIA_Dummy + 83; // (Word) How to connect hierarchical list nodes (lines, nothing) (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_Reserved4 = GUIA_Dummy + 84; // (APTR) System reserved attribute, don't use.
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowOuterFlatThickness = GUIA_Dummy + 85; // (Word) Thickness of outer flat borders for framed/flat window look (1 or 2) (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowInnerFlatThickness = GUIA_Dummy + 86; // (Word) Thickness of inner flat borders for framed/flat window look (1 or 2) (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_CycleLook = GUIA_Dummy + 87; // (LongWord) Various flags affecting the look of cycle/chooser gadgets (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowGaugeLook = GUIA_Dummy + 88; // (LongWord) Various flags affecting the look of window fill gauge gadgets (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_GaugeLook = GUIA_Dummy + 89; // (LongWord) Various flags affecting the look of fill gauge gadgets (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ClearBackground = GUIA_Dummy + 90; // (BOOL) Always erase background before redrawing GUI elements? (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_Reserved5 = GUIA_Dummy + 91; // (APTR) System reserved attribute, don't use.
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowAlpha = GUIA_Dummy + 92; // (Byte) Opaqueness of a normal window (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowInactAlpha = GUIA_Dummy + 93; // (Byte) Opaqueness of an inactive window (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowDragAlpha = GUIA_Dummy + 94; // (Byte) Opaqueness of a dragged window (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowOpenFadeTime = GUIA_Dummy + 95; // (LongWord) Duration of window fade-in at open time (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowCloseFadeTime = GUIA_Dummy + 96; // (LongWord) Duration of window fade-out at close time (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowGoActiveFadeTime = GUIA_Dummy + 97; // (LongWord) Duration of window fade when going active (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowGoInactiveFadeTime = GUIA_Dummy + 98; // (LongWord) Duration of window fade when going inactive (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_FrameAlphaStatus = GUIA_Dummy + 99; // (LongWord) Potential transparency of various frame types (G/G/G).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowShadowSizes = GUIA_Dummy + 100; // (LongWord) Sizes of drop shadows on the four window sides; this is four signed bytes packed as a single longword (G/G/G).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowShadowStrength= GUIA_Dummy + 101; // (LongWord) Intensity of drop shadows for various window types (0..255); this is four unsigned bytes packed as a single longword (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowShadowType = GUIA_Dummy + 102; // (LongWord) Type of built-in window drop shadow (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowShadowColor = GUIA_Dummy + 103; // (LongWord) Color of window drop shadows in 00R8G8B8 form (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowShadowDisplacement = GUIA_Dummy + 104; // (LongWord) X/Y displacement of drop shadows relative to the window; this is four signed bytes packed as a single longword, two bytes for the active window and two for inactive windows (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowShadowSmoothness = GUIA_Dummy + 105; // (Word) Smoothness level of window drop shadows (0..20) (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ //************ Screen- and global-level GUI attributes
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ScreenTitlePosition = GUIA_Dummy + 1001; // (Byte) Position of titles in screen titlebars (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ScreenBarPadding = GUIA_Dummy + 1002; // (Byte) Added to the font height to set titlebar height (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_MenuType = GUIA_Dummy + 1003; // (Word) Type of menu: MT_PULLDOWN, MT_POPUP or MT_RELATIVE (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_MenuFlags = GUIA_Dummy + 1004; // (LongWord) Menu flags (see definitions below) (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_MenuDropShadows = GUIA_Dummy + 1005; // (BOOL) Do menus cast drop shadows? (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_MenuTransparency = GUIA_Dummy + 1006; // (BOOL) Do menus have transparency? (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_MenuRenderHook = GUIA_Dummy + 1007; // (PHook) Rendering hook for menus (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_MenuBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 1008; // (PHook) Backfill hook for menus (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_MenuStyle = GUIA_Dummy + 1009; // (APTR) Style plugin to import menu rendering hook from (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_BrightContrast = GUIA_Dummy + 1010;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_DarkContrast = GUIA_Dummy + 1011; // (Byte) Default contrast for edges brightening/darkening (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_FillBrightContrast = GUIA_Dummy + 1012;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_FillDarkContrast = GUIA_Dummy + 1013; // (Byte) Contrast of FILLSHINEPEN/FILLSHADOWPEN (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_InactiveFillBrightContrast = GUIA_Dummy + 1014;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_InactiveFillDarkContrast = GUIA_Dummy + 1015; // (Byte) Contrast of INACTIVEFILLSHINEPEN/INACTIVEFILLSHADOWPEN (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_MenuBrightContrast = GUIA_Dummy + 1016;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_MenuDarkContrast = GUIA_Dummy + 1017; // (Byte) Contrast of MENUSHINEPEN/MENUSHADOWPEN (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_SelectBrightContrast= GUIA_Dummy + 1018;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_SelectDarkContrast = GUIA_Dummy + 1019; // (Byte) Contrast of SELECTSHINEPEN/SELECTSHADOWPEN (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_BarBlockBrightContrast = GUIA_Dummy + 1020;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_BarBlockDarkContrast = GUIA_Dummy + 1021; // (Byte) Contrast of BARCONTOURPEN/BARTRIMPEN (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_DisabledBrightContrast = GUIA_Dummy + 1022;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_DisabledDarkContrast = GUIA_Dummy + 1023; // (Byte) Contrast of DISABLEDSHINEPEN/DISABLEDSHADOWPEN (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ForeBrightContrast = GUIA_Dummy + 1024;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ForeDarkContrast = GUIA_Dummy + 1025; // (Byte) Contrast of FORESHINEPEN/FORESHADOWPEN (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_AutomaticEdgesContrast= GUIA_Dummy + 1026; // (BOOL) Enable/disable automatic computation of shine/shadow pens (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_BrightCurve = GUIA_Dummy + 1028;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_DarkCurve = GUIA_Dummy + 1029; // (Byte) Default curve for shine/shadow colors gradients (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_FillBrightCurve = GUIA_Dummy + 1030;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_FillDarkCurve = GUIA_Dummy + 1031; // (Byte) Curve for FILLSHINEPEN/FILLSHADOWPEN gradients (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_InactiveFillBrightCurve = GUIA_Dummy + 1032;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_InactiveFillDarkCurve = GUIA_Dummy + 1033; // (Byte) Curve for INACTIVEFILLSHINEPEN/INACTIVEFILLSHADOWPEN gradients (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_MenuBrightCurve = GUIA_Dummy + 1034;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_MenuDarkCurve = GUIA_Dummy + 1035; // (Byte) Curve for MENUSHINEPEN/MENUSHADOWPEN gradients (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_SelectBrightCurve = GUIA_Dummy + 1036;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_SelectDarkCurve = GUIA_Dummy + 1037; // (Byte) Curve for SELECTSHINEPEN/SELECTSHADOWPEN gradients (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_BarBlockBrightCurve = GUIA_Dummy + 1038;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_BarBlockDarkCurve = GUIA_Dummy + 1039; // (Byte) Curve for BARCONTOURPEN/BARTRIMPEN gradients (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_DisabledBrightCurve = GUIA_Dummy + 1040;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_DisabledDarkCurve = GUIA_Dummy + 1041; // (Byte) Curve for DISABLEDSHINEPEN/DISABLEDSHADOWPEN gradients (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ForeBrightCurve = GUIA_Dummy + 1042;
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ForeDarkCurve = GUIA_Dummy + 1043; // (Byte) Curve for FORESHINEPEN/FORESHADOWPEN gradients (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_PropKnobHighlight = GUIA_Dummy + 1044; // (Byte) Selected knob look: 0 = raised, 1 = recessed (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_PaletteRGBTable = GUIA_Dummy + 1045; // (PByte) Initial 256-color palette for the screens (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_PaletteLockTable = GUIA_Dummy + 1046; // (PByte) Array of locking information for each palette entry (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_DRIPens = GUIA_Dummy + 1047; // (PWord) Array of DrawInfo pens for the screen (G/IG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_FrameForceThinEdges = GUIA_Dummy + 1048; // (Byte) Flag mask, see definitions below (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_FrameSelectedColor = GUIA_Dummy + 1049; // (Byte) Fill pen for selected buttons, see values below (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_FrameDisabledColors = GUIA_Dummy + 1050; // (Byte) Pens for disabled frame edges, see values below (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_FrameButtonLook = GUIA_Dummy + 1051; // (Byte) Look of button frames, see values below (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_FramePressedLook = GUIA_Dummy + 1052; // (Byte) Look of pressed (selected) buttons, see values below (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_FrameCornersType = GUIA_Dummy + 1053; // (Byte) Type of frame corners (0 = square, 1 = rounded) (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_FrameBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 1054; // (PHook) Backfill hook for unselected frames (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_FrameSelBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 1055; // (PHook) Backfill hook for selected frames (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_FrameStringLook = GUIA_Dummy + 1056; // (Byte) Look of string gadget frames, see values below (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_FramePropLook = GUIA_Dummy + 1057; // (Byte) Look of prop gadget frames, see values below (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_FrameDisplayLook = GUIA_Dummy + 1058; // (Byte) Look of display gadget frames, see values below (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_WindowPropKnobHighlight = GUIA_Dummy + 1059; // (Byte) Selected window knob look: 0 = raised, 1 = recessed (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_OffScreenDragging = GUIA_Dummy + 1060; // (BOOL) Is off-screen window dragging allowed on this screen? (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_FrameDisBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 1061; // (PHook) Backfill hook for disabled frames (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_RealShading = GUIA_Dummy + 1062; // (BOOL) Realistic bitmap shading on hicolor/truecolor screens?(G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ScreenBarBackfill = GUIA_Dummy + 1063; // (PHook) Backfill hook for screen titlebars (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_MenuSelItemFrame = GUIA_Dummy + 1064; // (Byte) Type of frame for selected menu items (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_OffScreenSizing = GUIA_Dummy + 1065; // (BOOL) Is off-screen window sizing allowed on this screen? (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_OffScreenResistance = GUIA_Dummy + 1066; // (Word) Amount of resistance screen edges offer to window crossing them (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_MenuTransparencyLevel = GUIA_Dummy + 1067; // (Byte) Level of menu transparency (if transparency is turned on) (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_SpecialEffects = GUIA_Dummy + 1068; // (BOOL) Enable fancy compositing-based special effects? (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ShareComposeBitMap = GUIA_Dummy + 1069; // (BOOL) Try to save video memory by sharing temporary off-screen bitmap for layer composition among different screens? (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ScreenBarShadowStrength = GUIA_Dummy + 1070; // (Word) Intensity of screen titlebar drop shadow (0..255) (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ScreenBarShadowColor = GUIA_Dummy + 1071; // (ULONG) Color of screen titlebar drop shadow in 00R8G8B8 form (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ScreenBarShadowDisplacement = GUIA_Dummy + 1072; // (Word) Vertical displacement of drop shadow relative to the screen titlebar (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ScreenBarShadowSmoothness = GUIA_Dummy + 1073; // (Word) Smoothness level of screen titlebar drop shadow (0..20) (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_MenuOpenDelay = GUIA_Dummy + 1074; // (Word) Duration of panel open delay for menus and items (0..8).
|
|
|
+ // Packed as two bytes in a word, low byte for menus and high byte for items (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_MenuCloseDelay = GUIA_Dummy + 1075; // (Word) Duration of panel close delay for menus and items (0..8).
|
|
|
+ // Packed as two bytes in a word, low byte for menus and high byte for items (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_VSyncCompose = GUIA_Dummy + 1076; // (BOOL) Synchronize display updates of layer composition with vertical refresh rate of monitor when possible? (G/ISG/SG).
|
|
|
+ //**** Global GUI attributes
|
|
|
+ GUIA_GlobalFlags = GUIA_Dummy + 5001; // (LongWord) Global GUI flags (see definitions below) (G/G/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_ScreenDragging = GUIA_Dummy + 5002; // (BOOL) Enable/disable screen dragging (defaults to TRUE) (G/G/SG).
|
|
|
+ GUIA_DefaultDRIPens = GUIA_Dummy + 5003; // (PWord) Default four-color DrawInfo pen array (G/G/G).
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Global GUI flags
|
|
|
+ GGPF_SCREENDRAGGING = $00000001; // Enable screen dragging
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ // Values for GUIA_WindowBorderLook
|
|
|
+ FRAMEWINDOW_3D = 0; // Standard 3D bevelled frame
|
|
|
+ FRAMEWINDOW_FRAMED = 1; // Dark frame with 3D inner frame
|
|
|
+ FRAMEWINDOW_FLAT = 2; // Thin or thick dark frame
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Flags for GUIA_FrameForceThinEdges
|
|
|
+ FRAMETHIN_FILLEDRAISED = $01;
|
|
|
+ FRAMETHIN_FILLEDRECESSED = $02;
|
|
|
+ FRAMETHIN_EDGESONLYRAISED = $04;
|
|
|
+ FRAMETHIN_EDGESONLYRECESSED = $08;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Values for GUIA_FrameSelectedColor
|
|
|
+ FRAMESELCOL_FILL = 0; // Fill pen
|
|
|
+ FRAMESELCOL_SELECT = 1; // Select pen
|
|
|
+ FRAMESELCOL_FOREG = 2; // Foreground pen
|
|
|
+ FRAMESELCOL_BACKG = 3; // Background pen
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Values for GUIA_FrameDisabledColors
|
|
|
+ FRAMEDISCOL_FOREG = 0; // Foreground shine/shadow pens
|
|
|
+ FRAMEDISCOL_BACKG = 1; // Background shine/shadow pens
|
|
|
+ FRAMEDISCOL_DISAB = 2; // Disabled shine/shadow pens
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Values for GUIA_FrameButtonLook
|
|
|
+ FRAMEBUTTON_3D = 0; // Standard 3D bevelled frame
|
|
|
+ FRAMEBUTTON_FRAMED = 1; // Dark frame with 3D inner frame
|
|
|
+ FRAMEBUTTON_FLAT = 2; // Thin or thick dark frame
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Values for GUIA_FrameStringLook
|
|
|
+ FRAMESTRING_3D = 0; // Standard 3D ridge
|
|
|
+ FRAMESTRING_FRAMED = 1; // Dark frame with inner recessed frame
|
|
|
+ FRAMESTRING_FLAT = 2; // Thin or thick dark frame
|
|
|
+ FRAMESTRING_FRAMED2 = 3; // Recessed frame with inner dark frame
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Values for GUIA_FramePropLook
|
|
|
+ FRAMEPROP_3D = 0; // Standard 3D bevelled frame
|
|
|
+ FRAMEPROP_FRAMED = 1; // Dark frame
|
|
|
+ FRAMEPROP_FLAT = 2; // Thin or thick dark frame
|
|
|
+ FRAMEPROP_NONE = 3; // No frame (only applies to container)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Values for GUIA_FrameDisplayLook
|
|
|
+ FRAMEDISPLAY_3D = 0; // Standard 3D recessed frame
|
|
|
+ FRAMEDISPLAY_FRAMED = 1; // Dark frame with inner recessed frame
|
|
|
+ FRAMEDISPLAY_FLAT = 2; // Thin or thick dark frame
|
|
|
+ FRAMEDISPLAY_FRAMED2 = 3; // Recessed frame with inner dark frame
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Values for GUIA_FramePressedLook
|
|
|
+ FRAMEPRESSED_PUSHED = 0; // Pushed in
|
|
|
+ FRAMEPRESSED_INVERTED = 1; // Inverted edges colors
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Values for GUIA_ClickTabLook
|
|
|
+ CLICKTAB_ACTIVEBOLD = $00000001;
|
|
|
+ CLICKTAB_EVENWIDTH = $00000002;
|
|
|
+ CLICKTAB_INACTIVEDARK = $00000004;
|
|
|
+ CLICKTAB_ACTIVEFILLGRAD = $00000008;
|
|
|
+ CLICKTAB_ACTIVEPENMASK = $000000F0;
|
|
|
+ CLICKTAB_ACTIVEPENTEXT = $00000000;
|
|
|
+ CLICKTAB_ACTIVEPENHLTEXT = $00000010;
|
|
|
+ CLICKTAB_ACTIVEPENTITLE = $00000020;
|
|
|
+ CLICKTAB_ACTIVEFILLMASK = $00000F00;
|
|
|
+ CLICKTAB_ACTIVEFILLFILL = $00000000;
|
|
|
+ CLICKTAB_ACTIVEFILLSHINE = $00000100;
|
|
|
+ CLICKTAB_ACTIVEFILLSELECT = $00000200;
|
|
|
+ CLICKTAB_ACTIVEFILLNONE = $00000F00;
|
|
|
+ CLICKTAB_ACTIVEBRIGHT = $00001000;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Values for GUIA_GaugeLook and GUIA_WindowGaugeLook
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_FILL_STYLEMASK = $00000007;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_FILL_BORDERLESS = $00000000;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_FILL_3D = $00000001;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_FILL_FRAMED = $00000002;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_FILL_FLAT = $00000003;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_FILL_AUTOSTYLE = $00000007;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_FILL_GRADIENT = $00000010;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_CONT_STYLEMASK = $00000700;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_CONT_BORDERLESS = $00000000;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_CONT_3D = $00000100;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_CONT_FRAMED = $00000200;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_CONT_FLAT = $00000300;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_CONT_FRAMED2 = $00000400;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_CONT_AUTOSTYLE = $00000700;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_CONT_GRADIENT = $00001000;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_SPACINGMASK = $00030000;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_INNERTICKS = $00040000;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_UNUSED = $00080000;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_BORDERPENS = $00100000;
|
|
|
+ GAUGE_RESERVED = $80000000;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Special value for GUIA_PaletteRGBTable
|
|
|
+ PALETTERGB_IGNORE = not 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Special value for GUIA_PaletteLockTable
|
|
|
+ PALETTELOCK_IGNORE = not 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Special value for GUIA_DRIPens
|
|
|
+ DRIPENS_IGNORE = not 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Window title positions
|
|
|
+ WTPOS_LEFT = 0; // Left side (default)
|
|
|
+ WTPOS_CENTERREL = 1; // Centered in dragbar
|
|
|
+ WTPOS_CENTERABS = 2; // Centered in whole titlebar
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Menu types
|
|
|
+ MT_PULLDOWN = 0; // Always pulldown (default)
|
|
|
+ MT_POPUP = 1; // Always pop-up
|
|
|
+ MT_RELATIVE = 2; // Pulldown or pop-up depending on position
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/// Menu flags
|
|
|
+ MENUTRANSP = $00000001; // Menus have transparency
|
|
|
+ MENUSHADOW = $00000002; // Menus have drop shadows
|
|
|
+ MENUALTERN = $00000010; // Alternative look (rounded corners)
|
|
|
+ MENUFRAMED = $00000020; // Framed style for menu edges
|
|
|
+ MENUFLAT = $00000040; // Never use embossed effects
|
|
|
+ MENUTRACK = $00000100; // Remember last selections
|
|
|
+ MENUSTICKYPD = $00000200; // Use sticky pulldown menu panels
|
|
|
+ MENUSTICKYPU = $00000400; // Use sticky pop-up menu panels
|
|
|
+ MENUCMCORNER = $00000800; // Alt. position for context menu panels
|
|
|
+ MENUNBPD = $00001000; // Use non-blocking pulldown menu panels
|
|
|
+ MENUNBPU = $00002000; // Use non-blocking pop-up menu panels
|
|
|
+ MENUPDTOPDEL = $00010000; // Use open delay with pulldown titles
|
|
|
+ MENUPDTCLDEL = $00020000; // Use close delay with pulldown titles
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// === Remember
|
|
|
+// this structure is used for remembering what memory has been allocated to date by a given routine,
|
|
|
+// so that a premature abort or systematic exit can deallocate memory cleanly, easily, and completely
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PRemember = ^TRemember;
|
|
|
+ TRemember = record
|
|
|
+ NextRemember: PRemember;
|
|
|
+ RememberSize: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ Memory: PByte;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// === Color Spec
|
|
|
+// How to tell Intuition about RGB values for a color table entry.
|
|
|
+ PColorSpec = ^TColorSpec;
|
|
|
+ TColorSpec = record
|
|
|
+ ColorIndex: SmallInt; // -1 terminates an array of ColorSpec
|
|
|
+ Red: Word; // only the _bottom_ 4 bits recognized
|
|
|
+ Green: Word; // only the _bottom_ 4 bits recognized
|
|
|
+ Blue: Word; // only the _bottom_ 4 bits recognized
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// === Easy Requester Specification
|
|
|
+// see also autodocs for EasyRequest and BuildEasyRequest
|
|
|
+// NOTE: This structure may grow in size in the future
|
|
|
+// NOTE: This structure actually grew in size for V50
|
|
|
+ PEasyStruct = ^TEasyStruct;
|
|
|
+ TEasyStruct = record
|
|
|
+ es_StructSize: LongWord; // should be SizeOf(TEasyStruct)
|
|
|
+ es_Flags: LongWord; // should be 0 for now
|
|
|
+ es_Title: STRPTR; // title of requester window
|
|
|
+ es_TextFormat: STRPTR; // 'printf' style formatting string
|
|
|
+ es_GadgetFormat: STRPTR; // 'printf' style formatting string
|
|
|
+ es_Screen: PScreen; // screen to open on (new for V50)
|
|
|
+ es_TagList: PTagItem; // additional information (new for V50)
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// EasyRequester flags
|
|
|
+ ESF_SCREEN = $00000001; // Open on the screen specified in es_Screen
|
|
|
+ ESF_TAGGED = $00000002; // Apply attributes specified in es_TagList
|
|
|
+ ESF_EVENSIZE = $00000004; // Make all requester buttons equally wide
|
|
|
+ ESF_INACTIVE = $00000008; // Open requester window in inactive state
|
|
|
+// EasyRequester tags
|
|
|
+ ESA_Dummy = $00340000;
|
|
|
+ ESA_Position = ESA_Dummy + 1; // Where the requester will open
|
|
|
+ ESA_Underscore = ESA_Dummy + 2; // Underscore character
|
|
|
+// Values for ESA_Position
|
|
|
+ REQPOS_DEFAULT = 0; // Place according to user's GUI preferences
|
|
|
+ REQPOS_CORNER = 1; // Place at top left corner
|
|
|
+ REQPOS_BELOWBAR = 2; // Place at top left corner, below screen bar
|
|
|
+ REQPOS_CENTERMOUSE = 3; // Center under mouse pointer
|
|
|
+ REQPOS_CENTERSCREEN = 4; // Center in visible screen clip
|
|
|
+ REQPOS_CENTERWINDOW = 5; // Center in reference window
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+// === Gradient Specification
|
|
|
+// This is the structure you pass to DrawGradient(). The Direction field tells Intuition the orientation of the gradient; the Mode field is a
|
|
|
+// combination of gradient type and flags (see definitions below). Depending on the type, either the Rel or Abs specifications are used;
|
|
|
+// Rel is used for the SIMPLE and SHADE types, Abs for the COLOR type. In the case of Rel, the Contrast values indicate the dark and bright
|
|
|
+// shading percentages for the opposite ends of the gradient, to be applied to the BasePen color (SIMPLE) or to the background (SHADE).
|
|
|
+// Contrast values of 0, 0 produce no gradient at all, whereas contrast values of 255, 255 produce a black-to-white gradient.
|
|
|
+ PGradientSpec = ^TGradientSpec;
|
|
|
+ TGradientSpec = record
|
|
|
+ Direction: LongWord; // X:Y ratio as returned by DirectionVector(angle)
|
|
|
+ Mode: Word; // See definitions below
|
|
|
+ case longint of
|
|
|
+ 0:(
|
|
|
+ Rel: record
|
|
|
+ BasePen: Word; // Base DrawInfo pen to be shaded
|
|
|
+ Contrast: array[0..1] of Byte; // Shade levels for gradient ends
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ );
|
|
|
+ 1:(
|
|
|
+ Abs: record
|
|
|
+ RGBStart: array[0..2] of Byte; // Starting color of gradient
|
|
|
+ RGBEnd: array[0..2] of Byte; // Ending color of gradient
|
|
|
+ Reserved: array[0..3] of Byte; // For future use, leave to zero
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ );
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// Gradient modes (type and flags packed in a single word)
|
|
|
+ GRADMODE_TYPEMASK = $000F; // Mask for type extraction
|
|
|
+ GRADMODE_NONE = $0000; // Don't draw any gradient
|
|
|
+ GRADMODE_SIMPLE = $0001; // Shades of BasePen, from Contrast[0] to Contrast[1]
|
|
|
+ GRADMODE_COLOR = $0002; // Shades of color, from RGBStart to RGBEnd
|
|
|
+ GRADMODE_SHADE = $0003; // Shades of background, from Contrast[0] to Contrast[1]
|
|
|
+ GRADMODE_IMPOSE = $0100; // Superimpose gradient to existing background
|
|
|
+ GRADMODE_KEEPRATIO = $0200; // Don't scale gradient to domain aspect ratio
|
|
|
+ GRADMODE_PALETTE = $0400; // Rel.BasePen is a palette index, not a DrawInfo pen index
|
|
|
+ GRADMODE_INVERT1 = $1000; // Invert the meaning of Contrast[0] (brighten rather than darken)
|
|
|
+ GRADMODE_INVERT2 = $2000; // Invert the meaning of Contrast[1] (darken rather than brighten)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// === Miscellaneous
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// = MENU STUFF
|
|
|
+ NOMENU = $001F;
|
|
|
+ NOITEM = $003F;
|
|
|
+ NOSUB = $001F;
|
|
|
+ MENUNULL = -1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// these defines are for the COMMSEQ and CHECKIT menu stuff. If CHECKIT, I'll use a generic
|
|
|
+// Width (for all resolutions) for the CheckMark. If COMMSEQ, likewise I'll use this generic stuff
|
|
|
+ CHECKWIDTH = 19;
|
|
|
+ COMMWIDTH = 27;
|
|
|
+ LOWCHECKWIDTH = 13;
|
|
|
+ LOWCOMMWIDTH = 16;
|
|
|
+// these are the AlertNumber defines. if you are calling DisplayAlert() the AlertNumber you supply
|
|
|
+// must have the ALERT_TYPE bits set to one of these patterns
|
|
|
+ ALERT_TYPE = $80000000;
|
|
|
+ RECOVERY_ALERT = $00000000; // the system can recover from this
|
|
|
+ DEADEND_ALERT = $80000000; // no recovery possible, this is it
|
|
|
+// When you're defining IntuiText for the Positive and Negative Gadgets created by a call to AutoRequest(), these defines will get you
|
|
|
+// reasonable-looking text. The only field without a define is the IText field; you decide what text goes with the Gadget
|
|
|
+ AUTOFRONTPEN = 0;
|
|
|
+ AUTOBACKPEN = 1;
|
|
|
+ AUTODRAWMODE = JAM2;
|
|
|
+ AUTOLEFTEDGE = 6;
|
|
|
+ AUTOTOPEDGE = 3;
|
|
|
+ AUTOITEXTFONT = nil;
|
|
|
+ AUTONEXTTEXT = nil;
|
|
|
+// --- RAWMOUSE Codes and Qualifiers (Console OR IDCMP)
|
|
|
+ SELECTUP = IECODE_LBUTTON + IECODE_UP_PREFIX;
|
|
|
+ SELECTDOWN = IECODE_LBUTTON;
|
|
|
+ MENUUP = IECODE_RBUTTON + IECODE_UP_PREFIX;
|
|
|
+ MENUDOWN = IECODE_RBUTTON;
|
|
|
+ MIDDLEUP = IECODE_MBUTTON + IECODE_UP_PREFIX;
|
|
|
+ MIDDLEDOWN = IECODE_MBUTTON;
|
|
|
+ ALTLEFT = IEQUALIFIER_LALT;
|
|
|
+ ALTRIGHT = IEQUALIFIER_RALT;
|
|
|
+ AMIGALEFT = IEQUALIFIER_LCOMMAND;
|
|
|
+ AMIGARIGHT = IEQUALIFIER_RCOMMAND;
|
|
|
+ AMIGAKEYS = AMIGALEFT + AMIGARIGHT;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ CURSORUP = $4C; // Same as RAWKEY_CRSRUP
|
|
|
+ CURSORLEFT = $4F; // Same as RAWKEY_CRSRLEFT
|
|
|
+ CURSORRIGHT = $4E; // Same as RAWKEY_CRSRRIGHT
|
|
|
+ CURSORDOWN = $4D; // Same as RAWKEY_CRSRDOWN
|
|
|
+ // WARNING: The following codes are for the US keyboard only
|
|
|
+ KEYCODE_Q = $10;
|
|
|
+ KEYCODE_X = $32;
|
|
|
+ KEYCODE_N = $36;
|
|
|
+ KEYCODE_M = $37;
|
|
|
+ KEYCODE_V = $34;
|
|
|
+ KEYCODE_B = $35;
|
|
|
+ KEYCODE_LESS = $38;
|
|
|
+ KEYCODE_GREATER = $39;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// === DrawInfo
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ // DRI_VERSION =
|
|
|
+ // 1 corresponds to V37 release.
|
|
|
+ // 2 corresponds to V39, and includes three new pens and the dri_CheckMark and dri_AmigaKey fields.
|
|
|
+ // 3 corresponds to V50, and includes 33 new pens and the dri_Screen and the dri_Prefs fields.
|
|
|
+ DRI_VERSION = 3;
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PDrawInfo = ^TDrawInfo;
|
|
|
+ TDrawInfo = record
|
|
|
+ dri_Version: Word; // will be DRI_VERSION
|
|
|
+ dri_NumPens: Word; // guaranteed to be >= numDrIPens
|
|
|
+ dri_Pens: PWord; // pointer to pen array
|
|
|
+ dri_Font: PTextFont; // screen default font
|
|
|
+ dri_Depth: Word; // (initial) depth of screen bitmap
|
|
|
+ dri_Resolution: record // from DisplayInfo database for initial display mode
|
|
|
+ x: word;
|
|
|
+ y: word;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ dri_Flags: LongWord; // defined below
|
|
|
+ // New for V39: dri_CheckMark, dri_AmigaKey.
|
|
|
+ dri_CheckMark: PImage; // pointer to scaled checkmark image Will be nil if DRI_VERSION < 2
|
|
|
+ dri_AmigaKey: PImage; // pointer to scaled Amiga-key image Will be nil if DRI_VERSION < 2
|
|
|
+ // New for V50: dri_Screen, dri_Prefs.
|
|
|
+ dri_Screen: PScreen; // pointer to associated screen Will be nil if DRI_VERSION < 3
|
|
|
+ dri_Prefs: APTR; // opaque handle to GUI settings Will be NULL if DRI_VERSION < 3
|
|
|
+ dri_Reserved: array[0..2] of LongWord; // avoid recompilation ;^)
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ DRIF_NEWLOOK = $00000001; // specified SA_Pens, full treatment
|
|
|
+ DRIF_NEWDISABLE = $00000002; // fancy look for disabled items (V50)
|
|
|
+ DRIF_REALSHADE = $00000004; // realistic bitmap shading (V50)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// rendering pen number indexes into DrawInfo.dri_Pens[]
|
|
|
+ DETAILPEN = $0000; // compatible Intuition rendering pens
|
|
|
+ BLOCKPEN = $0001; // compatible Intuition rendering pens
|
|
|
+ TEXTPEN = $0002; // text on background
|
|
|
+ SHINEPEN = $0003; // bright edge on 3D objects
|
|
|
+ SHADOWPEN = $0004; // dark edge on 3D objects
|
|
|
+ FILLPEN = $0005; // active-window/selected-gadget fill
|
|
|
+ FILLTEXTPEN = $0006; // text over FILLPEN
|
|
|
+ BACKGROUNDPEN = $0007; // always color 0
|
|
|
+ HIGHLIGHTTEXTPEN = $0008; // special color text, on background
|
|
|
+ // New for V39, only present if DRI_VERSION >= 2:
|
|
|
+ BARDETAILPEN = $0009; // text/detail in screen-bar/menus
|
|
|
+ BARBLOCKPEN = $000A; // screen-bar/menus fill
|
|
|
+ BARTRIMPEN = $000B; // trim under screen-bar
|
|
|
+// New for V50, only present if DRI_VERSION >= 3:
|
|
|
+ BARCONTOURPEN = $000C; // contour above screen-bar
|
|
|
+ FOREGROUNDPEN = $000D; // inside of unselected gadgets
|
|
|
+ FORESHINEPEN = $000E; // bright edges of unselected gadgets
|
|
|
+ FORESHADOWPEN = $000F; // dark edges of unselected gadgets
|
|
|
+ FILLSHINEPEN = $0010; // bright edges for FILLPEN
|
|
|
+ FILLSHADOWPEN = $0011; // dark edges for FILLPEN
|
|
|
+ INACTIVEFILLPEN = $0012; // inactive window borders fill
|
|
|
+ INACTIVEFILLTEXTPEN = $0013; // text over INACTIVEFILLPEN
|
|
|
+ INACTIVEFILLSHINEPEN = $0014; // bright edges for INACTIVEFILLPEN
|
|
|
+ INACTIVEFILLSHADOWPEN = $0015; // dark edges for INACTIVEFILLPEN
|
|
|
+ DISABLEDPEN = $0016; // background of disabled elements
|
|
|
+ DISABLEDTEXTPEN = $0017; // text of disabled string gadgets
|
|
|
+ DISABLEDSHINEPEN = $0018; // bright edges of disabled elements
|
|
|
+ DISABLEDSHADOWPEN = $0019; // dark edges of disabled elements
|
|
|
+ MENUBACKGROUNDPEN = $001A; // background of menus
|
|
|
+ MENUTEXTPEN = $001B; // normal text in menus
|
|
|
+ MENUSHINEPEN = $001C; // bright edges of menus
|
|
|
+ MENUSHADOWPEN = $001D; // dark edges of menus
|
|
|
+ SELECTPEN = $001E; // background of selected items
|
|
|
+ SELECTTEXTPEN = $001F; // text of selected items
|
|
|
+ SELECTSHINEPEN = $0020; // bright edges of selected items
|
|
|
+ SELECTSHADOWPEN = $0021; // dark edges of selected items
|
|
|
+ GLYPHPEN = $0022; // system gadget glyphs, outlines
|
|
|
+ GLYPHFILLPEN = $0023; // system gadget glyphs, colored areas
|
|
|
+ INACTIVEGLYPHPEN = $0024; // system gadget glyphs, inact. windows
|
|
|
+ RESERVEDPEN = $0025; // reserved - don't use
|
|
|
+ GADGETPEN = $0026; // gadget symbols (arrows, cycle, etc.)
|
|
|
+ TITLEPEN = $0027; // title of gadget groups
|
|
|
+ HALFSHINEPEN = $0028; // half-bright edge on 3D objects
|
|
|
+ HALFSHADOWPEN = $0029; // half-dark edge on 3D objects
|
|
|
+ FLATBORDERPEN = $002A; // flat (non-3D) borders and frames
|
|
|
+ FILLFLATPEN = $002B; // flat outlines of active windows
|
|
|
+ INACTIVEFILLFLATPEN = $002C; // flat outlines of inactive windows
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ NUMDRIPENS = $002D;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// New for V39: It is sometimes useful to specify that a pen value is to be the complement of color zero to three. The "magic" numbers serve that purpose:
|
|
|
+ PEN_C3 = $FEFC; // Complement of color 3
|
|
|
+ PEN_C2 = $FEFD; // Complement of color 2
|
|
|
+ PEN_C1 = $FEFE; // Complement of color 1
|
|
|
+ PEN_C0 = $FEFF; // Complement of color 0
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// --- FLAGS SET BY INTUITION
|
|
|
+// The SCREENTYPE bits are reserved for describing various Screen types available under Intuition.
|
|
|
+ SCREENTYPE_F = $000F; // all the screens types available
|
|
|
+// --- the definitions for the Screen Type
|
|
|
+ WBENCHSCREEN_F = $0001; // Ta Da! The Workbench
|
|
|
+ PUBLICSCREEN_F = $0002; // Public shared (custom) screen
|
|
|
+ CUSTOMSCREEN_F = $000F; // for that special look
|
|
|
+ SHOWTITLE_F = $0010; // this gets set by a call to ShowTitle()
|
|
|
+ BEEPING_F = $0020; // set when Screen is beeping
|
|
|
+ CUSTOMBITMAP_F = $0040; // if you are supplying your own BitMap
|
|
|
+ SCREENBEHIND_F = $0080; // if you want your screen to open behind already open screens
|
|
|
+ SCREENQUIET_F = $0100; // if you do not want Intuition to render into your screen (gadgets, title)
|
|
|
+ SCREENHIRES = $0200; // do no use lowres gadgets (private)
|
|
|
+ NS_EXTENDED = $1000; // TExtNewScreen.Extension is valid
|
|
|
+ // V36 applications can use OpenScreenTagList() instead of NS_EXTENDED
|
|
|
+ AUTOSCROLL = $4000; // screen is to autoscoll
|
|
|
+ // New for V39:
|
|
|
+ PENSHARED = $0400; // Screen opener set (SA_SharePens,TRUE)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ STDSCREENHEIGHT = -1; // supply in NewScreen.Height
|
|
|
+ STDSCREENWIDTH = -1; // supply in NewScreen.Width
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Screen attribute tag ID's. These are used in the ti_Tag field of TagItem arrays passed to OpenScreenTagList() (or in the ExtNewScreen.Extension field).
|
|
|
+ SA_Dummy = TAG_USER + 32;
|
|
|
+// these items specify items equivalent to fields in TNewScreen
|
|
|
+ SA_Left = SA_Dummy + $0001;
|
|
|
+ SA_Top = SA_Dummy + $0002;
|
|
|
+ SA_Width = SA_Dummy + $0003;
|
|
|
+ SA_Height = SA_Dummy + $0004; // traditional screen positions and dimensions
|
|
|
+ SA_Depth = SA_Dummy + $0005; // screen bitmap depth
|
|
|
+ SA_DetailPen= SA_Dummy + $0006; // serves as default for windows, too
|
|
|
+ SA_BlockPen = SA_Dummy + $0007;
|
|
|
+ SA_Title = SA_Dummy + $0008; // default screen title
|
|
|
+ SA_Colors = SA_Dummy + $0009; // ti_Data is an array of struct ColorSpec, terminated by ColorIndex = -1. Specifies initial screen palette colors.
|
|
|
+ SA_ErrorCode= SA_Dummy + $000A; // ti_Data points to LONG error code (values below)
|
|
|
+ SA_Font = SA_Dummy + $000B; // equiv. to NewScreen.Font
|
|
|
+ SA_SysFont = SA_Dummy + $000C; // Selects one of the preferences system fonts: 0 - old DefaultFont, fixed-width 1 - WB Screen preferred font
|
|
|
+ SA_Type = SA_Dummy + $000D; // equiv. to NewScreen.Type
|
|
|
+ SA_BitMap = SA_Dummy + $000E; // ti_Data is pointer to custom BitMap. This implies type of CUSTOMBITMAP
|
|
|
+ SA_PubName = SA_Dummy + $000F; // presence of this tag means that the screen is to be a public screen. Please specify BEFORE the two tags below
|
|
|
+ SA_PubSig = SA_Dummy + $0010;
|
|
|
+ SA_PubTask = SA_Dummy + $0011; // Task ID and signal for being notified that the last window has closed on a public screen.
|
|
|
+ SA_DisplayID= SA_Dummy + $0012; // ti_Data is new extended display ID
|
|
|
+ SA_DClip = SA_Dummy + $0013; // ti_Data points to a rectangle which defines screen display clip region
|
|
|
+ SA_Overscan = SA_Dummy + $0014; // was S_STDDCLIP. Set to one of the OSCAN_ specifiers below to get a system standard
|
|
|
+ // overscan region for your display clip, screen dimensions (unless otherwise specified),
|
|
|
+ // and automatically centered position (partial support only so far). If you use this, you shouldn't specify
|
|
|
+ // SA_DClip. SA_Overscan is for "standard" overscan dimensions, SA_DClip is for your custom numeric specifications.
|
|
|
+ SA_Obsolete1 = SA_Dummy + $0015; // obsolete S_MONITORNAME
|
|
|
+ // booleans
|
|
|
+ SA_ShowTitle = SA_Dummy + $0016; // boolean equivalent to flag SHOWTITLE
|
|
|
+ SA_Behind = SA_Dummy + $0017; // boolean equivalent to flag SCREENBEHIND
|
|
|
+ SA_Quiet = SA_Dummy + $0018; // boolean equivalent to flag SCREENQUIET
|
|
|
+ SA_AutoScroll = SA_Dummy + $0019; // boolean equivalent to flag AUTOSCROLL
|
|
|
+ SA_Pens = SA_Dummy + $001A; // pointer to ~0 terminated UWORD array, as found in struct DrawInfo
|
|
|
+ SA_FullPalette= SA_Dummy + $001B; // boolean: initialize color table to entire preferences palette (32 for V36), rather
|
|
|
+ // than compatible pens 0-3, 17-19, with remaining palette as returned by GetColorMap()
|
|
|
+ SA_ColorMapEntries = SA_Dummy + $001C; // New for V39: Allows you to override the number of entries in the ColorMap for your screen. Intuition
|
|
|
+ // normally allocates (1<<depth) or 32, whichever is more, but you may require even more if you
|
|
|
+ // use certain V39 graphics.library features (eg. palette-banking).
|
|
|
+ SA_Parent = SA_Dummy + $001D; // New for V39: ti_Data is a pointer to a "parent" screen to
|
|
|
+ // attach this one to. Attached screens slide and depth-arrange together.
|
|
|
+ SA_Draggable = SA_Dummy + $001E; // New for V39: Boolean tag allowing non-draggable screens.
|
|
|
+ // Do not use without good reason! (Defaults to TRUE).
|
|
|
+ SA_Exclusive = SA_Dummy + $001F; // New for V39: Boolean tag allowing screens that won't share the display.
|
|
|
+ // Use sparingly! Starting with 3.01, attached screens may be SA_Exclusive.
|
|
|
+ // Setting SA_Exclusive for each screen will produce an exclusive family. (Defaults to FALSE).
|
|
|
+ SA_SharePens = SA_Dummy + $0020; // New for V39: For those pens in the screen's PDrawInfo^.dri_Pens, Intuition obtains them in shared mode (see
|
|
|
+ // graphics.library/ObtainPen()). For compatibility, Intuition obtains the other pens of a public
|
|
|
+ // screen as PEN_EXCLUSIVE. Screens that wish to manage the pens themselves should generally set
|
|
|
+ // this tag to TRUE. This instructs Intuition to leave the other pens unallocated.
|
|
|
+ SA_BackFill = SA_Dummy + $0021; // New for V39: provides a "backfill hook" for your screen's
|
|
|
+ // Layer_Info. See layers.library/InstallLayerInfoHook()
|
|
|
+ SA_Interleaved = SA_Dummy + $0022; // New for V39: Boolean tag requesting that the bitmap allocated for you be interleaved. (Defaults to FALSE).
|
|
|
+ SA_Colors32 = SA_Dummy + $0023; // New for V39: Tag to set the screen's initial palette colors at 32 bits-per-gun. ti_Data is a pointer
|
|
|
+ // to a table to be passed to the graphics.library/LoadRGB32() function. This format supports both runs of color
|
|
|
+ // registers and sparse registers. See the autodoc for that function for full details.
|
|
|
+ // Any color set here has precedence over the same register set by SA_Colors.
|
|
|
+ SA_VideoControl = SA_Dummy + $0024;// New for V39: ti_Data is a pointer to a taglist that Intuition
|
|
|
+ // will pass to graphics.library/VideoControl(), upon opening the screen.
|
|
|
+ SA_FrontChild = SA_Dummy + $0025; // New for V39: ti_Data is a pointer to an already open screen that is to be the child of the screen being
|
|
|
+ // opened. The child screen will be moved to the front of its family.
|
|
|
+ SA_BackChild = SA_Dummy + $0026; // New for V39: ti_Data is a pointer to an already open screen that is to be the child of the screen being
|
|
|
+ // opened. The child screen will be moved to the back of its family.
|
|
|
+ SA_LikeWorkbench = SA_Dummy + $0027; // New for V39: Set ti_Data to 1 to request a screen which is just like the Workbench. This gives
|
|
|
+ // you the same screen mode, depth, size, colors, etc., as the Workbench screen.
|
|
|
+ SA_Reserved = SA_Dummy + $0028; // Reserved for private Intuition use
|
|
|
+ SA_MinimizeISG = SA_Dummy + $0029; // New for V40: For compatibility, Intuition always ensures that the inter-screen gap is at least three
|
|
|
+ // non-interlaced lines. If your application would look best with the smallest possible
|
|
|
+ // inter-screen gap, set ti_Data to TRUE. If you use the new graphics VideoControl()
|
|
|
+ // VC_NoColorPaletteLoad tag for your screen's ViewPort, you should also set this tag.
|
|
|
+ SA_OffScreenDragging = SA_Dummy + $002a; // New for V50: When TRUE, windows can be dragged off the screen.
|
|
|
+ SA_Reserved2 = SA_Dummy + $002b; // Reserved for private Intuition use. V50.
|
|
|
+ SA_ActiveWindow = SA_Dummy + $002c; // the active window of the screen. V50.
|
|
|
+ SA_MaxWindowBox = SA_Dummy + $002d; // (PIBox). V50. PRIVATE
|
|
|
+ SA_Reserved3 = SA_Dummy + $002e; // Reserved for private Intuition use. V51.
|
|
|
+ SA_Compositing = SA_Dummy + $002f; // When TRUE, compositing mode is enabled for layers of this screen. Set to FALSE to force
|
|
|
+ // traditional layer handling. Set to (not 0) (or don't pass this tag at all) to respect user
|
|
|
+ // preferences for this attribute. V53.
|
|
|
+ SA_WindowDropShadows = SA_Dummy + $0030; // Allow drop shadows on window sides, if requested. Set to FALSE to prevent shadows from ever being
|
|
|
+ // drawn. This tag is ignored if compositing is not enabled for the screen. Defaults to TRUE. V53. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// this is an obsolete tag included only for compatibility with V35 interim release for the A2024 and Viking monitors
|
|
|
+ NSTAG_EXT_VPMODE = TAG_USER + 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// OpenScreen error codes, which are returned in the (optional) LongInt pointed to by ti_Data for the SA_ErrorCode tag item
|
|
|
+ OSERR_NOMONITOR = 1; // named monitor spec not available
|
|
|
+ OSERR_NOCHIPS = 2; // you need newer custom chips
|
|
|
+ OSERR_NOMEM = 3; // couldn't get normal memory
|
|
|
+ OSERR_NOCHIPMEM = 4; // couldn't get chipmem
|
|
|
+ OSERR_PUBNOTUNIQUE = 5; // public screen name already used
|
|
|
+ OSERR_UNKNOWNMODE = 6; // don't recognize mode asked for
|
|
|
+ OSERR_TOODEEP = 7; // Screen deeper than HW supports
|
|
|
+ OSERR_ATTACHFAIL = 8; // Failed to attach screens
|
|
|
+ OSERR_NOTAVAILABLE = 9; // Mode not available for other reason
|
|
|
+ OSERR_BADBITMAP = 10; // Custom bitmap not displayable (V51)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// === NewScreen
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PNewScreen = ^TNewScreen;
|
|
|
+ TNewScreen = record
|
|
|
+ LeftEdge, TopEdge, Width, Height, Depth: SmallInt; // screen dimensions
|
|
|
+ DetailPen, BlockPen: Byte; // for bar/border/gadget rendering
|
|
|
+ ViewModes: Word; // the Modes for the ViewPort (and View)
|
|
|
+ Type_: Word; // the Screen type (see defines above)
|
|
|
+ Font: PTextAttr; // this Screen's default text attributes
|
|
|
+ DefaultTitle: STRPTR; // the default title for this Screen
|
|
|
+ Gadgets: PGadget; // your own Gadgets for this Screen
|
|
|
+ // if you are opening a CUSTOMSCREEN and already have a BitMap that you want used for your Screen, you set the flags CUSTOMBITMAP in
|
|
|
+ // the Type field and you set this variable to point to your BitMap structure. The structure will be copied into your Screen structure,
|
|
|
+ // after which you may discard your own BitMap if you want
|
|
|
+ CustomBitMap: PBitMap;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// For compatibility reasons, we need a new structure for extending NewScreen. Use this structure is you need to use the new Extension field.
|
|
|
+// NOTE: V36-specific applications should use the OpenScreenTagList( newscreen, tags ) version of OpenScreen().
|
|
|
+// Applications that want to be V34-compatible as well may safely use the ExtNewScreen structure. Its tags will be ignored by V34 Intuition.
|
|
|
+ PExtNewScreen = ^TExtNewScreen;
|
|
|
+ TExtNewScreen = record
|
|
|
+ LeftEdge, TopEdge, Width, Height, Depth: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ DetailPen, BlockPen: Byte;
|
|
|
+ ViewModes: Word;
|
|
|
+ Type_: Word;
|
|
|
+ Font: PTextAttr;
|
|
|
+ DefaultTitle: STRPTR;
|
|
|
+ Gadgets: PGadget;
|
|
|
+ CustomBitMap: PBitMap;
|
|
|
+ Extension: PTagItem;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// === Overscan Types
|
|
|
+ OSCAN_TEXT = 1; // entirely visible
|
|
|
+ OSCAN_STANDARD = 2; // just past edges
|
|
|
+ OSCAN_MAX = 3; // as much as possible
|
|
|
+ OSCAN_VIDEO = 4; // even more than is possible
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// === Public Shared Screen Node
|
|
|
+// This is the representative of a public shared screen. This is an internal data structure, but some functions may
|
|
|
+// present a copy of it to the calling application. In that case, be aware that the screen pointer of the structure can NOT be
|
|
|
+// used safely, since there is no guarantee that the referenced screen will remain open and a valid data structure. Never change one of these.
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PPubScreenNode = ^TPubScreenNode;
|
|
|
+ TPubScreenNode = record
|
|
|
+ psn_Node: TNode; // ln_Name is screen name
|
|
|
+ psn_Screen: PScreen;
|
|
|
+ psn_Flags: Word; // below
|
|
|
+ psn_Size: SmallInt; // includes name buffer
|
|
|
+ psn_VisitorCount: SmallInt; // how many visitor windows
|
|
|
+ psn_SigTask: PTask; // who to signal when visitors gone
|
|
|
+ psn_SigBit: Byte; // which signal
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ PSNF_PRIVATE = $0001;
|
|
|
+// NOTE: Due to a bug in NextPubScreen(), make sure your buffer actually has MAXPUBSCREENNAME+1 characters in it!
|
|
|
+ MAXPUBSCREENNAME = 139; // names no longer, please
|
|
|
+// pub screen modes
|
|
|
+ SHANGHAI = $0001; // put workbench windows on pub screen
|
|
|
+ POPPUBSCREEN = $0002; // pop pub screen to front when visitor opens
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// New for V39: Intuition has new screen depth-arrangement and movement functions called ScreenDepth() and ScreenPosition() respectively.
|
|
|
+// These functions permit the old behavior of ScreenToFront(), ScreenToBack(), and MoveScreen(). ScreenDepth() also allows
|
|
|
+// independent depth control of attached screens. ScreenPosition() optionally allows positioning screens even though they were opened (SA_Draggable,FALSE).
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// For ScreenDepth(), specify one of SDEPTH_TOFRONT or SDEPTH_TOBACK, and optionally also SDEPTH_INFAMILY.
|
|
|
+// NOTE: ONLY THE OWNER OF THE SCREEN should ever specify SDEPTH_INFAMILY. Commodities, "input helper" programs, or any other program that did not open a screen should never
|
|
|
+// use that flag. (Note that this is a style-behavior requirement; there is no technical requirement that the
|
|
|
+// task calling this function need be the task which opened the screen).
|
|
|
+ SDEPTH_TOFRONT = 0; // Bring screen to front
|
|
|
+ SDEPTH_TOBACK = 1; // Send screen to back
|
|
|
+ SDEPTH_INFAMILY = 2; // Move an attached screen with respect to other screens of its family
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ // Here's an obsolete name equivalent to SDEPTH_INFAMILY:
|
|
|
+ SDEPTH_CHILDONLY = SDEPTH_INFAMILY;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// For ScreenPosition() the kind of screen positioning you wish to perform
|
|
|
+ SPOS_RELATIVE = 0; // The x1 and y1 parameters to ScreenPosition() describe the offset in coordinates you wish to move the screen by.
|
|
|
+ SPOS_ABSOLUTE = 1; // The x1 and y1 parameters to ScreenPosition() describe the absolute coordinates you wish to move the screen to.
|
|
|
+ SPOS_MAKEVISIBLE = 2; // (x1,y1)-(x2,y2) describes a rectangle on the screen which you would like autoscrolled into view.
|
|
|
+ SPOS_FORCEDRAG = 4; // Move non-draggable screen
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// New for V39: Intuition supports double-buffering in screens, with friendly interaction with menus and certain gadgets.
|
|
|
+// For each buffer, you need to get one of these structures from the AllocScreenBuffer() call. Never allocate your own ScreenBuffer structures!
|
|
|
+// The sb_DBufInfo field is for your use. See the graphics.library AllocDBufInfo() autodoc for details.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PScreenBuffer = ^TScreenBuffer;
|
|
|
+ TScreenBuffer = record
|
|
|
+ sb_BitMap: PBitMap; // BitMap of this buffer
|
|
|
+ sb_DBufInfo: PDBufInfo; // DBufInfo for this buffer
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// These are the flags that may be passed to AllocScreenBuffer().
|
|
|
+ SB_SCREEN_BITMAP = 1;
|
|
|
+ SB_COPY_BITMAP = 2;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// === Preferences
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// these are the definitions for the printer configurations
|
|
|
+ FILENAME_SIZE = 30; // Filename size
|
|
|
+ DEVNAME_SIZE = 16; // Device-name size
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ POINTERSIZE = (1 + 16 + 1) * 2; // Size of Pointer data buffer
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// These defines are for the default font size. These actually describe the height of the defaults fonts. The default font type is the topaz
|
|
|
+// font, which is a fixed width font that can be used in either eighty-column or sixty-column mode. The Preferences structure reflects
|
|
|
+// which is currently selected by the value found in the variable FontSize, which may have either of the values defined below. These values actually
|
|
|
+// are used to select the height of the default font. By changing the height, the resolution of the font changes as well.
|
|
|
+ TOPAZ_EIGHTY = 8;
|
|
|
+ TOPAZ_SIXTY = 9;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PPreferences = ^TPreferences;
|
|
|
+ TPreferences = record
|
|
|
+ // the default font height
|
|
|
+ FontHeight: ShortInt; // height for system default font
|
|
|
+ // constant describing what's hooked up to the port
|
|
|
+ PrinterPort: Byte; // printer port connection
|
|
|
+ // the baud rate of the port
|
|
|
+ BaudRate: Word; // baud rate for the serial port
|
|
|
+ // various timing rates
|
|
|
+ KeyRptSpeed: TTimeVal; // repeat speed for keyboard
|
|
|
+ KeyRptDelay: TTimeVal; // Delay before keys repeat
|
|
|
+ DoubleClick: TTimeVal; // Interval allowed between clicks
|
|
|
+ // Intuition Pointer data
|
|
|
+ PointerMatrix: array[0..POINTERSIZE - 1] of Word; // Definition of pointer sprite
|
|
|
+ XOffset: Shortint; // X-Offset for active 'bit'
|
|
|
+ YOffset: Shortint; // Y-Offset for active 'bit'
|
|
|
+ color17: Word; //*********************************
|
|
|
+ color18: Word; // Colours for sprite pointer
|
|
|
+ color19: Word; //*********************************
|
|
|
+ PointerTicks: Word; // Sensitivity of the pointer
|
|
|
+ // Workbench Screen colors
|
|
|
+ color0: Word; //*********************************
|
|
|
+ color1: Word; // Standard default colours
|
|
|
+ color2: Word; // Used in the Workbench
|
|
|
+ color3: Word; //*********************************
|
|
|
+ // positioning data for the Intuition View
|
|
|
+ ViewXOffset: Shortint; // Offset for top lefthand corner
|
|
|
+ ViewYOffset: Shortint; // X and Y dimensions
|
|
|
+ ViewInitX: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ ViewInitY: SmallInt; // View initial offset values
|
|
|
+ EnableCLI: WordBool; // CLI availability switch
|
|
|
+ // printer configurations
|
|
|
+ PrinterType: Word; // printer type
|
|
|
+ PrinterFilename: array[0..FILENAME_SIZE-1] of Char; // file for printer
|
|
|
+ // print format and quality configurations
|
|
|
+ PrintPitch: Word; // print pitch
|
|
|
+ PrintQuality: Word; // print quality
|
|
|
+ PrintSpacing: Word; // number of lines per inch
|
|
|
+ PrintLeftMargin: Word; // left margin in characters
|
|
|
+ PrintRightMargin: Word; // right margin in characters
|
|
|
+ PrintImage: Word; // positive or negative
|
|
|
+ PrintAspect: Word; // horizontal or vertical
|
|
|
+ PrintShade: Word; // b&w, half-tone, or color
|
|
|
+ PrintThreshold: SmallInt; // darkness ctrl for b/w dumps
|
|
|
+ // print paper descriptors
|
|
|
+ PaperSize: Word; // paper size
|
|
|
+ PaperLength: Word; // paper length in number of lines
|
|
|
+ PaperType: Word; // continuous or single sheet
|
|
|
+ // Serial device settings: These are six nibble-fields in three bytes
|
|
|
+ // (these look a little strange so the defaults will map out to zero)
|
|
|
+ SerRWBits: Byte; // upper nibble = (8-number of read bits)
|
|
|
+ // lower nibble = (8-number of write bits)
|
|
|
+ SerStopBuf: Byte; // upper nibble = (number of stop bits - 1)
|
|
|
+ // lower nibble = (table value for BufSize)
|
|
|
+ SerParShk: Byte; // upper nibble = (value for Parity setting)
|
|
|
+ // lower nibble = (value for Handshake mode)
|
|
|
+ LaceWB: Byte; // if workbench is to be interlaced
|
|
|
+ Pad: array[0..FILENAME_SIZE - 1] of Char; // This was UBYTE WorkName[FILENAME_SIZE]; (temp file for printer) in old versions.
|
|
|
+ PrinterDevPrivateFlags: Byte; // system private (V51)
|
|
|
+ PrtDevOpenDeviceFlags: LongWord; // flags for device below (V51)
|
|
|
+ PrtDevName: array[0..DEVNAME_SIZE - 1] of Char; // device used by printer.device (omit the ".device")
|
|
|
+ DefaultPrtUnit: Byte; // default unit opened by printer.device
|
|
|
+ DefaultSerUnit: Byte; // default serial unit
|
|
|
+ RowSizeChange: SmallInt; // affect NormalDisplayRows/Columns
|
|
|
+ ColumnSizeChange: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ PrintFlags: Word; // user preference flags
|
|
|
+ PrintMaxWidth: Word; // max width of printed picture in 10ths/inch
|
|
|
+ PrintMaxHeight: Word; // max height of printed picture in 10ths/inch
|
|
|
+ PrintDensity: Byte; // print density
|
|
|
+ PrintXOffset: Byte; // offset of printed picture in 10ths/inch
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ wb_Width: Word; // override default workbench width
|
|
|
+ wb_Height: Word; // override default workbench height
|
|
|
+ wb_Depth: Byte; // override default workbench depth
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ ext_size: Byte; // extension information -- do not touch! extension size in blocks of 64 bytes
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// Workbench Interlace (use one bit)
|
|
|
+ LACEWB = 1 shl 0;
|
|
|
+ LW_RESERVED = 1; // internal use only
|
|
|
+// Enable_CLI
|
|
|
+ SCREEN_DRAG = 1 shl 14;
|
|
|
+ MOUSE_ACCEL = 1 shl 15;
|
|
|
+// PrinterPort
|
|
|
+ PARALLEL_PRINTER = $00;
|
|
|
+ SERIAL_PRINTER = $01;
|
|
|
+// BaudRate
|
|
|
+ BAUD_110 = $00;
|
|
|
+ BAUD_300 = $01;
|
|
|
+ BAUD_1200 = $02;
|
|
|
+ BAUD_2400 = $03;
|
|
|
+ BAUD_4800 = $04;
|
|
|
+ BAUD_9600 = $05;
|
|
|
+ BAUD_19200 = $06;
|
|
|
+ BAUD_MIDI = $07;
|
|
|
+// PaperType
|
|
|
+ FANFOLD_PT = $00;
|
|
|
+ SINGLE_PT = $80;
|
|
|
+// PrintPitch
|
|
|
+ PICA = $000;
|
|
|
+ ELITE = $400;
|
|
|
+ FINE = $800;
|
|
|
+// PrintQuality
|
|
|
+ DRAFT = $000;
|
|
|
+ LETTER = $100;
|
|
|
+// PrintSpacing
|
|
|
+ SIX_LPI = $000;
|
|
|
+ EIGHT_LPI = $200;
|
|
|
+// Print Image
|
|
|
+ IMAGE_POSITIVE = $00;
|
|
|
+ IMAGE_NEGATIVE = $01;
|
|
|
+// PrintAspect
|
|
|
+ ASPECT_HORIZ = $00;
|
|
|
+ ASPECT_VERT = $01;
|
|
|
+// PrintShade
|
|
|
+ SHADE_BW = $00;
|
|
|
+ SHADE_GREYSCALE = $01;
|
|
|
+ SHADE_COLOR = $02;
|
|
|
+// PaperSize (all paper sizes have a zero in the lowest nybble)
|
|
|
+ US_LETTER = $00;
|
|
|
+ US_LEGAL = $10;
|
|
|
+ N_TRACTOR = $20;
|
|
|
+ W_TRACTOR = $30;
|
|
|
+ CUSTOM_PAPER = $40;
|
|
|
+// New PaperSizes for V36:
|
|
|
+ EURO_A0 = $50; // European size A0: 841 x 1189
|
|
|
+ EURO_A1 = $60; // European size A1: 594 x 841
|
|
|
+ EURO_A2 = $70; // European size A2: 420 x 594
|
|
|
+ EURO_A3 = $80; // European size A3: 297 x 420
|
|
|
+ EURO_A4 = $90; // European size A4: 210 x 297
|
|
|
+ EURO_A5 = $A0; // European size A5: 148 x 210
|
|
|
+ EURO_A6 = $B0; // European size A6: 105 x 148
|
|
|
+ EURO_A7 = $C0; // European size A7: 74 x 105
|
|
|
+ EURO_A8 = $D0; // European size A8: 52 x 74
|
|
|
+// PrinterType
|
|
|
+ CUSTOM_NAME = $00;
|
|
|
+ ALPHA_P_101 = $01;
|
|
|
+ BROTHER_15XL = $02;
|
|
|
+ CBM_MPS1000 = $03;
|
|
|
+ DIAB_630 = $04;
|
|
|
+ DIAB_ADV_D25 = $05;
|
|
|
+ DIAB_C_150 = $06;
|
|
|
+ EPSON = $07;
|
|
|
+ EPSON_JX_80 = $08;
|
|
|
+ OKIMATE_20 = $09;
|
|
|
+ QUME_LP_20 = $0A;
|
|
|
+// new printer entries, 3 October 1985
|
|
|
+ HP_LASERJET = $0B;
|
|
|
+ HP_LASERJET_PLUS = $0C;
|
|
|
+// Serial Input Buffer Sizes
|
|
|
+ SBUF_512 = $00;
|
|
|
+ SBUF_1024 = $01;
|
|
|
+ SBUF_2048 = $02;
|
|
|
+ SBUF_4096 = $03;
|
|
|
+ SBUF_8000 = $04;
|
|
|
+ SBUF_16000 = $05;
|
|
|
+// Serial Bit Masks
|
|
|
+ SREAD_BITS = $F0; // for SerRWBits
|
|
|
+ SWRITE_BITS = $0F;
|
|
|
+ SSTOP_BITS = $F0; // for SerStopBuf
|
|
|
+ SBUFSIZE_BITS = $0F;
|
|
|
+ SPARITY_BITS = $F0; // for SerParShk
|
|
|
+ SHSHAKE_BITS = $0F;
|
|
|
+// Serial Parity (upper nibble, after being shifted by macro SPARNUM() )
|
|
|
+ SPARITY_NONE = 0;
|
|
|
+ SPARITY_EVEN = 1;
|
|
|
+ SPARITY_ODD = 2;
|
|
|
+// Serial Handshake Mode (lower nibble, after masking using macro SHANKNUM() )
|
|
|
+ SHSHAKE_XON = 0;
|
|
|
+ SHSHAKE_RTS = 1;
|
|
|
+ SHSHAKE_NONE = 2;
|
|
|
+// new defines for PrintFlags
|
|
|
+ CORRECT_RED = $0001; // color correct red shades
|
|
|
+ CORRECT_GREEN = $0002; // color correct green shades
|
|
|
+ CORRECT_BLUE = $0004; // color correct blue shades
|
|
|
+ //
|
|
|
+ CENTER_IMAGE = $0008; // center image on paper
|
|
|
+ //
|
|
|
+ IGNORE_DIMENSIONS = $0000; // ignore max width/height settings
|
|
|
+ BOUNDED_DIMENSIONS = $0010; // use max width/height as boundaries
|
|
|
+ ABSOLUTE_DIMENSIONS = $0020; // use max width/height as absolutes
|
|
|
+ PIXEL_DIMENSIONS = $0040; // use max width/height as prt pixels
|
|
|
+ MULTIPLY_DIMENSIONS = $0080; // use max width/height as multipliers
|
|
|
+ //
|
|
|
+ INTEGER_SCALING = $0100; // force integer scaling
|
|
|
+ //
|
|
|
+ ORDERED_DITHERING = $0000; // ordered dithering
|
|
|
+ HALFTONE_DITHERING = $0200; // halftone dithering
|
|
|
+ FLOYD_DITHERING = $0400; // Floyd-Steinberg dithering
|
|
|
+ //
|
|
|
+ ANTI_ALIAS = $0800; // anti-alias image
|
|
|
+ GREY_SCALE2 = $1000; // for use with hi-res monitor
|
|
|
+// masks used for checking bits
|
|
|
+ CORRECT_RGB_MASK = CORRECT_RED + CORRECT_GREEN + CORRECT_BLUE;
|
|
|
+ DIMENSIONS_MASK = BOUNDED_DIMENSIONS + ABSOLUTE_DIMENSIONS + PIXEL_DIMENSIONS + MULTIPLY_DIMENSIONS;
|
|
|
+ DITHERING_MASK = HALFTONE_DITHERING + FLOYD_DITHERING;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// these are the display modes for which we have corresponding parameter settings in the config arrays
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ DMODECOUNT = $0002; // how many modes there are
|
|
|
+ HIRESPICK = $0000;
|
|
|
+ LOWRESPICK = $0001;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ EVENTMAX = 10; // size of event array
|
|
|
+// these are the system Gadget defines
|
|
|
+ RESCOUNT = 2;
|
|
|
+ HIRESGADGET = 0;
|
|
|
+ LOWRESGADGET = 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ GADGETCOUNT = 8;
|
|
|
+ UPFRONTGADGET = 0;
|
|
|
+ DOWNBACKGADGET = 1;
|
|
|
+ SIZEGADGET = 2;
|
|
|
+ CLOSEGADGET = 3;
|
|
|
+ DRAGGADGET = 4;
|
|
|
+ SUPFRONTGADGET = 5;
|
|
|
+ SDOWNBACKGADGET= 6;
|
|
|
+ SDRAGGADGET = 7;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// === IntuitionBase
|
|
|
+// Be sure to protect yourself against someone modifying these data as you look at them. This is done by calling:
|
|
|
+// lock := LockIBase(0), which returns an Integer. When done call UnlockIBase(lock) where lock is what LockIBase() returned.
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PIntuitionBase = ^TIntuitionBase;
|
|
|
+ TIntuitionBase = record
|
|
|
+ LibNode: TLibrary;
|
|
|
+ ViewLord: TView;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ ActiveWindow: PWindow;
|
|
|
+ ActiveScreen: PScreen;
|
|
|
+ // the FirstScreen variable points to the frontmost Screen. Screens are
|
|
|
+ // then maintained in a front to back order using Screen.NextScreen
|
|
|
+ FirstScreen: PScreen; // for linked list of all screens
|
|
|
+ Flags: LongWord; // see definitions below
|
|
|
+ MouseY: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ MouseX: SmallInt; // mouse position relative to View
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Seconds: LongWord; // timestamp of most current input event
|
|
|
+ Micros: LongWord; // timestamp of most current input event
|
|
|
+ // I told you this was private. The data beyond this point has changed, is changing, and will continue to change.
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Package of information passed to custom and 'boopsi' gadget 'hook' functions. This structure is READ ONLY.
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PGadgetInfo = ^TGadgetInfo;
|
|
|
+ TGadgetInfo = record
|
|
|
+ gi_Screen: PScreen;
|
|
|
+ gi_Window: PWindow; // nil for screen gadgets
|
|
|
+ gi_Requester: PRequester; // nil IF not GTYP_REQGADGET
|
|
|
+ gi_RastPort: PRastPort; // rendering information: don't use these without cloning/locking. Official way is to call ObtainRPort()
|
|
|
+ gi_Layer: PLayer;
|
|
|
+ gi_Domain: TIBox; { copy of dimensions of screen/window/g00/req(/group)
|
|
|
+ that gadget resides in. Left/Top of this box is
|
|
|
+ offset from window mouse coordinates to gadget coordinates
|
|
|
+ screen gadgets: 0,0 (from screen coords)
|
|
|
+ window gadgets (no g00): 0,0
|
|
|
+ GTYP_GZZGADGETs (borderlayer): 0,0
|
|
|
+ GZZ innerlayer gadget: borderleft, bordertop
|
|
|
+ Requester gadgets: reqleft, reqtop }
|
|
|
+ gi_Pens: record // these are the pens for the window or screen
|
|
|
+ DetailPen: Byte;
|
|
|
+ BlockPen : Byte;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ gi_DrInfo: pDrawInfo; // the Detail and Block pens in gi_DrInfo->dri_Pens[] are for the screen. Use the above for window-sensitive colors.
|
|
|
+ gi_Gadget: PGadget; // gadget backpointer. New for V50.
|
|
|
+ gi_Reserved: array[0..4] of LongWord; // reserved space: this structure is extensible anyway, but using these saves some recompilation
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+//** system private data structure for now **
|
|
|
+// prop gadget extra info
|
|
|
+ PPGX = ^TPGX;
|
|
|
+ TPGX = record
|
|
|
+ pgx_Container: TIBox;
|
|
|
+ pgx_NewKnob: TIBox;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ * Class id strings for Intuition classes.
|
|
|
+ * There's no real reason to use the uppercase constants
|
|
|
+ * over the lowercase strings, but this makes a good place
|
|
|
+ * to list the names of the built-in classes.
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ ROOTCLASS : PChar = 'rootclass';
|
|
|
+ IMAGECLASS : PChar = 'imageclass';
|
|
|
+ FRAMEICLASS : PChar = 'frameiclass';
|
|
|
+ SYSICLASS : PChar = 'sysiclass';
|
|
|
+ FILLRECTCLASS : PChar = 'fillrectclass';
|
|
|
+ GADGETCLASS : PChar = 'gadgetclass';
|
|
|
+ PROPGCLASS : PChar = 'propgclass';
|
|
|
+ STRGCLASS : PChar = 'strgclass';
|
|
|
+ BUTTONGCLASS : PChar = 'buttongclass';
|
|
|
+ FRBUTTONCLASS : PChar = 'frbuttonclass';
|
|
|
+ GROUPGCLASS : PChar = 'groupgclass';
|
|
|
+ SCROLLERGCLASS : PChar = 'scrollergclass'; // V50
|
|
|
+ ICCLASS : PChar = 'icclass';
|
|
|
+ MODELCLASS : PChar = 'modelclass';
|
|
|
+ ITEXTICLASS : PChar = 'itexticlass';
|
|
|
+ POINTERCLASS : PChar = 'pointerclass';
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Dispatched method ID's
|
|
|
+// NOTE: Applications should use Intuition entry points, not direct DoMethod() calls, for NewObject, DisposeObject, SetAttrs, SetGadgetAttrs, and GetAttr.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ OM_Dummy = $100;
|
|
|
+ OM_NEW = $101; // 'object' parameter is 'true class'
|
|
|
+ OM_DISPOSE = $102; // delete self (no parameters)
|
|
|
+ OM_SET = $103; // set attributes (in tag list)
|
|
|
+ OM_GET = $104; // return single attribute value
|
|
|
+ OM_ADDTAIL = $105; // add self to a List (let root do it)
|
|
|
+ OM_REMOVE = $106; // remove self from list
|
|
|
+ OM_NOTIFY = $107; // send to self: notify dependents
|
|
|
+ OM_UPDATE = $108; // notification message from somebody
|
|
|
+ OM_ADDMEMBER = $109; // used by various classes with lists
|
|
|
+ OM_REMMEMBER = $10A; // used by various classes with lists
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Parameter 'Messages' passed to methods
|
|
|
+// OM_NEW and OM_SET
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PopSet = ^TopSet;
|
|
|
+ TopSet = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ ops_AttrList: PTagItem; // new attributes
|
|
|
+ ops_GInfo: PGadgetInfo; // always there for gadgets, when SetGadgetAttrs() is used, but will be nil for OM_NEW }
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// OM_NOTIFY, and OM_UPDATE
|
|
|
+ PopUpdate = ^TopUpdate;
|
|
|
+ TopUpdate = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ opu_AttrList: PTagItem; // new attributes
|
|
|
+ opu_GInfo: PGadgetInfo; // non-NULL when SetGadgetAttrs OR notification resulting from gadget input occurs.
|
|
|
+ opu_Flags: LongWord; // defined below
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ this flag means that the update message is being issued from
|
|
|
+ something like an active gadget, a la GACT_FOLLOWMOUSE. When
|
|
|
+ the gadget goes inactive, it will issue a final update
|
|
|
+ message with this bit cleared. Examples of use are for
|
|
|
+ GACT_FOLLOWMOUSE equivalents for propgadclass, and repeat strobes
|
|
|
+ for buttons. }
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ OPUF_INTERIM = 1 shl 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// OM_GET
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PopGet = ^TopGet;
|
|
|
+ TopGet = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ opg_AttrID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ opg_Storage: PLongWord; // may be other types, but 'integer' types are all LongWord
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// OM_ADDTAIL
|
|
|
+ PopAddTail = ^TopAddTail;
|
|
|
+ TopAddTail = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ opat_List: PList;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// OM_ADDMEMBER, OM_REMMEMBER
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PopMember = ^TopMember;
|
|
|
+ TopMember = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ opam_Object: PObject_;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+//***** 'White box' access to struct IClass
|
|
|
+// This structure is READ-ONLY, and allocated only by Intuition
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PIClass = ^TIClass;
|
|
|
+ TIClass = record
|
|
|
+ cl_Dispatcher: THook; // Class dispatcher
|
|
|
+ cl_Reserved: LongWord; // must be 0
|
|
|
+ cl_Super: PIClass; // Pointer to superclass
|
|
|
+ cl_ID: ClassID; // Class ID
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ cl_InstOffset: Word; // Offset of instance data
|
|
|
+ cl_InstSize: Word; // Size of instance data
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ cl_UserData: LongWord; // Class global data
|
|
|
+ cl_SubclassCount: LongWord; // Number of subclasses
|
|
|
+ cl_ObjectCount: LongWord; // Number of objects
|
|
|
+ cl_Flags: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ CLF_INLIST = $00000001; // class is in public class list
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+//**** 'White box' access to struct _Object
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ We have this, the instance data of the root class, PRECEDING the 'object'. This is so that Gadget objects are Gadget pointers,
|
|
|
+ and so on. If this structure grows, it will always have o_Class at the end, so the macro OCLASS(o) will always have the same
|
|
|
+ offset back from the pointer returned from NewObject(). This data structure is subject to change. Do not use the o_Node
|
|
|
+ embedded structure.
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ P_Object = ^T_Object;
|
|
|
+ T_Object = record
|
|
|
+ o_Node: TMinNode;
|
|
|
+ o_Class: PIClass;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// BOOPSI class libraries should use this structure as the base for their library data.
|
|
|
+// This allows developers to obtain the class pointer for performing object-less inquiries.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ PClassLibrary = ^TClassLibrary;
|
|
|
+ TClassLibrary = record
|
|
|
+ cl_Lib: TLibrary; // Embedded library
|
|
|
+ cl_Pad: Word; // Align the structure
|
|
|
+ cl_Class: PIClass; // Class pointer
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Gadget Class attributes
|
|
|
+CONST
|
|
|
+ GA_Dummy = TAG_USER + $30000;
|
|
|
+ GA_Left = GA_Dummy + 1; // (LongInt) Left edge of the gadget relative to the left edge of the window
|
|
|
+ GA_RelRight = GA_Dummy + 2; // (LongInt) Left edge of the gadget relative to the right edge of the window
|
|
|
+ GA_Top = GA_Dummy + 3; // (LongInt) Top edge of the gadget relative to the top edge of the window
|
|
|
+ GA_RelBottom = GA_Dummy + 4; // (LongInt) Top edge of the gadget relative to the bottom edge of the window
|
|
|
+ GA_Width = GA_Dummy + 5; // (LongInt) Width of the gadget
|
|
|
+ GA_RelWidth = GA_Dummy + 6; // (LongInt) Width of the gadget relative to the width of the window
|
|
|
+ GA_Height = GA_Dummy + 7; // (LongInt) Height of the gadget
|
|
|
+ GA_RelHeight = GA_Dummy + 8; // (LongInt) Height of the gadget relative to the height of the window
|
|
|
+ GA_Text = GA_Dummy + 9; // (STRPTR) Gadget imagry is #0 terminated string
|
|
|
+ GA_Image = GA_Dummy + 10; // (PImage) Gadget imagry is an image
|
|
|
+ GA_Border = GA_Dummy + 11; // (PBorder) Gadget imagry is a border
|
|
|
+ GA_SelectRender = GA_Dummy + 12; // (PImage) Selected gadget imagry
|
|
|
+ GA_Highlight = GA_Dummy + 13; // (Word) One of GFLG_GADGHNONE, GFLG_GADGHBOX, GFLG_GADGHCOMP, or GFLG_GADGHIMAGE
|
|
|
+ GA_Disabled = GA_Dummy + 14; // (Boolean) Indicate whether gadget is disabled or not. Defaults to FALSE.
|
|
|
+ GA_GZZGadget = GA_Dummy + 15; // (BOOL) Indicate whether the gadget is for WFLG_GIMMEZEROZERO window borders or not. Defaults to FALSE.
|
|
|
+ GA_ID = GA_Dummy + 16; // (Word) Gadget ID assigned by the application
|
|
|
+ GA_UserData = GA_Dummy + 17; // (APTR) Application specific data
|
|
|
+ GA_SpecialInfo = GA_Dummy + 18; // (APTR) Gadget specific data
|
|
|
+ GA_Selected = GA_Dummy + 19; // (BOOL) Indicate whether the gadget is selected or not. Defaults to FALSE
|
|
|
+ GA_EndGadget = GA_Dummy + 20; // (BOOL) When set tells the system that when this gadget is selected causes the requester that it is in to be ended. Defaults to FALSE.
|
|
|
+ GA_Immediate = GA_Dummy + 21; // (BOOL) When set indicates that the gadget is to notify the application when it becomes active. Defaults to FALSE.
|
|
|
+ GA_RelVerify = GA_Dummy + 22; // (BOOL) When set indicates that the application wants toverify that the pointer was still over the gadget when
|
|
|
+ // the select button is released. Defaults to FALSE. }
|
|
|
+ GA_FollowMouse = GA_Dummy + 23; // (BOOL) When set indicates that the application wants to be notified of mouse movements while the gadget is active.
|
|
|
+ // It is recommmended that GA_Immediate and GA_RelVerify are also used so that the active gadget can be tracked by the
|
|
|
+ // application. Defaults to FALSE.
|
|
|
+ GA_RightBorder = GA_Dummy + 24; // (BOOL) Indicate whether the gadget is in the right border or not. Defaults to FALSE.
|
|
|
+ GA_LeftBorder = GA_Dummy + 25; // (BOOL) Indicate whether the gadget is in the left border or not. Defaults to FALSE.
|
|
|
+ GA_TopBorder = GA_Dummy + 26; // (BOOL) Indicate whether the gadget is in the top border or not. Defaults to FALSE.
|
|
|
+ GA_BottomBorder = GA_Dummy + 27; // (BOOL) Indicate whether the gadget is in the bottom border or not. Defaults to FALSE.
|
|
|
+ GA_ToggleSelect = GA_Dummy + 28; // (BOOL) Indicate whether the gadget is toggle-selected or not. Defaults to FALSE.
|
|
|
+ GA_SysGadget = GA_Dummy + 29; // (BOOL) Reserved for system use to indicate that the gadget belongs to the system. Defaults to FALSE.
|
|
|
+ GA_SysGType = GA_Dummy + 30; // (Word) Reserved for system use to indicate the gadget type.
|
|
|
+ GA_Previous = GA_Dummy + 31; // (PGadget) Previous gadget in the linked list.
|
|
|
+ // NOTE: This attribute CANNOT be used to link new gadgets into the gadget list of an open window or requester. You must use AddGList().
|
|
|
+ GA_Next = GA_Dummy + 32; // (PGadget) Next gadget in the linked list.
|
|
|
+ GA_DrawInfo = GA_Dummy + 33; // (PDrawInfo) Some gadgets need a DrawInfo at creation time
|
|
|
+ // You should use at most ONE of GA_Text, GA_IntuiText, and GA_LabelImage
|
|
|
+ GA_IntuiText = GA_Dummy + 34; // (PIntuiText) Label is an IntuiText.
|
|
|
+ GA_LabelImage = GA_Dummy + 35; // (PObject_) Label is an image object.
|
|
|
+ // New for V37:
|
|
|
+ GA_TabCycle = GA_Dummy + 36; // (BOOL) Indicate whether gadget is part of TAB/SHIFT-TAB cycle activation. Defaults to FALSE
|
|
|
+ // New for V39:
|
|
|
+ GA_GadgetHelp = GA_Dummy + 37; // (BOOL) Indicate whether gadget is to send IDCMP_GADGETHELP. Defaults to FALSE
|
|
|
+ GA_Bounds = GA_Dummy + 38; // (PIBox) Copied into the extended gadget's bounds.
|
|
|
+ GA_RelSpecial = GA_Dummy + 39; // (BOOL) Indicate whether gadget has special relativity. Defaults to FALSE
|
|
|
+ // New for V42:
|
|
|
+ GA_TextAttr = GA_Dummy + 40; // (PTextAttr) Indicate the font to use for the gadget.
|
|
|
+ GA_ReadOnly = GA_Dummy + 41; // (BOOL) Indicate that the gadget is read-only (non-selectable). Defaults to FALSE
|
|
|
+ // New for V44:
|
|
|
+ GA_Underscore = GA_Dummy + 42; // (UBYTE) Underscore/escape character for keyboard shortcuts. Defaults to '_'
|
|
|
+ GA_ActivateKey = GA_Dummy + 43; // (STRPTR) Set/Get the gadgets shortcut/activation key(s) Defaults to nil
|
|
|
+ GA_BackFill = GA_Dummy + 44; // (PHook) Backfill pattern hook. Defaults to nil
|
|
|
+ GA_GadgetHelpText = GA_Dummy + 45; // (STRPTR) RESERVERD/PRIVATE DO NOT USE Defaults to nil
|
|
|
+ GA_UserInput = GA_Dummy + 46; // (BOOL) Notification tag indicates this notification is from the activite
|
|
|
+ // gadget receiving user input - an attempt to make IDCMPUPDATE more efficient. Defaults to FALSE
|
|
|
+ // New for V50:
|
|
|
+ GA_DoLayout = GA_Dummy + 51; // (BOOL) Set this to TRUE if the gadget should recompute its position and size when it receives a GM_LAYOUT message. For
|
|
|
+ // gadgets which are part of a layout group this attribute should be FALSE; the layout takes care of placing and sizing
|
|
|
+ // its members and the resulting geometry must not be changed. The default is usually FALSE for ReAction gadgets, while for
|
|
|
+ // others it is defined on a class-by-class basis
|
|
|
+ GA_NoFilterMenuKeys = GA_Dummy+52; // (BOOL) Corresponds to GMORE_NOFILTERMENUKEYS
|
|
|
+ GA_Titlebar = GA_Dummy + 53; // (BOOL) Set this to TRUE if you want the gadget to be automatically positioned by Intuition in the window titlebar (at the left or at
|
|
|
+ // the right side, depending on the state of GFLG_RELRIGHT). The layout is done according to the current style and geometry settings for
|
|
|
+ // window border gadgets. Please use an appropriate sysiclass instance as imagery for a titlebar gadget, such as ICONIFYIMAGE or TBFRAMEIMAGE. Note: This property implies [GA_TopBorder, TRUE].
|
|
|
+ GA_Hidden = GA_Dummy + 54; // (BOOL) Corresponds to GMORE_HIDDEN
|
|
|
+ GA_NoFilterWheel = GA_Dummy + 55; // (BOOL) Corresponds to GMORE_NOFILTERWHEEL
|
|
|
+ GA_HintInfo = GA_Dummy + 56; // (STRPTR) The default HintInfo string for this gadget. See window.class documentation for more information
|
|
|
+ GA_ContextMenu = GA_Dummy + 57; // (APTR) The default context menu for this gadget. It can be either a traditional menu or a BOOPSI menu tree from menuclass
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// PROPGCLASS attributes
|
|
|
+ PGA_Dummy = TAG_USER + $31000;
|
|
|
+ PGA_Freedom = PGA_Dummy + $0001;
|
|
|
+ // only one of PGA_FREEVERT or PGA_FREEHORIZ
|
|
|
+ PGA_Borderless = PGA_Dummy + $0002;
|
|
|
+ PGA_HorizPot = PGA_Dummy + $0003;
|
|
|
+ PGA_HorizBody = PGA_Dummy + $0004;
|
|
|
+ PGA_VertPot = PGA_Dummy + $0005;
|
|
|
+ PGA_VertBody = PGA_Dummy + $0006;
|
|
|
+ PGA_Total = PGA_Dummy + $0007;
|
|
|
+ PGA_Visible = PGA_Dummy + $0008;
|
|
|
+ PGA_Top = PGA_Dummy + $0009;
|
|
|
+ // New for V37:
|
|
|
+ PGA_NewLook = PGA_Dummy + $000A;
|
|
|
+ // New for V50: scrollergclass attributes
|
|
|
+ PGA_ArrowDelta = PGA_Dummy + $000B;
|
|
|
+ PGA_ArrowDown = PGA_Dummy + $000C;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// STRGCLASS attributes
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_Dummy = TAG_USER + $32000;
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_MaxChars = STRINGA_Dummy + $0001;
|
|
|
+ // Note: There is a minor problem with Intuition when using boopsi integer gadgets (which are requested by using STRINGA_LongVal). Such gadgets
|
|
|
+ // must not have a STRINGA_MaxChars to be bigger than 15. Setting STRINGA_MaxChars for a boopsi integer gadget will cause a mismatched FreeMem() to occur.
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_Buffer = STRINGA_Dummy + $0002;
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_UndoBuffer = STRINGA_Dummy + $0003;
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_WorkBuffer = STRINGA_Dummy + $0004;
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_BufferPos = STRINGA_Dummy + $0005;
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_DispPos = STRINGA_Dummy + $0006;
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_AltKeyMap = STRINGA_Dummy + $0007;
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_Font = STRINGA_Dummy + $0008;
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_Pens = STRINGA_Dummy + $0009;
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_ActivePens = STRINGA_Dummy + $000A;
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_EditHook = STRINGA_Dummy + $000B;
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_EditModes = STRINGA_Dummy + $000C;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// booleans
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_ReplaceMode = STRINGA_Dummy + $000D;
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_FixedFieldMode = STRINGA_Dummy + $000E;
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_NoFilterMode = STRINGA_Dummy + $000F;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_Justification = STRINGA_Dummy + $0010;
|
|
|
+ // GACT_STRINGCENTER, GACT_STRINGLEFT, GACT_STRINGRIGHT
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_LongVal = STRINGA_Dummy + $0011;
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_TextVal = STRINGA_Dummy + $0012;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_ExitHelp = STRINGA_Dummy + $0013; // STRINGA_ExitHelp is new for V37, and ignored by V36. Set this if you want the gadget to exit when Help is
|
|
|
+ // pressed. Look for a code of $5F, the rawkey code for Help
|
|
|
+ // New in V50:
|
|
|
+ STRINGA_MarkedBlock = STRINGA_Dummy + $0014; // Sets/gets the marked block of a string.gadget. The hi-word contains the start position (first marked char) and the
|
|
|
+ // lo-word the end position (last marked char). If both are -1 nothing is marked.
|
|
|
+ SG_DEFAULTMAXCHARS = 128;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Gadget Layout related attributes
|
|
|
+ LAYOUTA_Dummy = TAG_USER + $38000;
|
|
|
+ LAYOUTA_LayoutObj = LAYOUTA_Dummy + $0001;
|
|
|
+ LAYOUTA_Spacing = LAYOUTA_Dummy + $0002;
|
|
|
+ LAYOUTA_Orientation = LAYOUTA_Dummy + $0003;
|
|
|
+ // New For V42:
|
|
|
+ LAYOUTA_ChildMaxWidth = LAYOUTA_Dummy + $0004; // (BOOL) Child objects are of equal width. Should default to TRUE for gadgets with a horizontal orientation.
|
|
|
+ LAYOUTA_ChildMaxHeight = LAYOUTA_Dummy + $0005; // (BOOL) Child objects are of equal height. Should default to TRUE for gadgets with a vertical orientation.
|
|
|
+ // orientation values
|
|
|
+ LORIENT_NONE = 0;
|
|
|
+ LORIENT_HORIZ = 1;
|
|
|
+ LORIENT_VERT = 2;
|
|
|
+// Gadget Method ID's
|
|
|
+ GM_Dummy = -1; // not used for anything
|
|
|
+ GM_HITTEST = 0; // return GMR_GADGETHIT IF you are clicked on (whether or not you are disabled).
|
|
|
+ GM_RENDER = 1; // draw yourself, in the appropriate state
|
|
|
+ GM_GOACTIVE = 2; // you are now going to be fed input
|
|
|
+ GM_HANDLEINPUT = 3; // handle that input
|
|
|
+ GM_GOINACTIVE = 4; // whether or not by choice, you are done
|
|
|
+ GM_HELPTEST = 5; // Will you send gadget help if the mouse is at the specified coordinates? See below for possible GMR_ values.
|
|
|
+ GM_LAYOUT = 6; // re-evaluate your size based on the GadgetInfo Domain. Do NOT re-render yourself yet, you will be called when it is time...
|
|
|
+ GM_DOMAIN = 7; // Used to obtain the sizing requirements of an object. Does not require an object.
|
|
|
+ GM_KEYTEST = 8; // Return GMR_GADGETHIT if your activation key matches (whether or not you are disabled).
|
|
|
+ GM_KEYGOACTIVE = 9; // You are now going to be fed raw key events (V53)
|
|
|
+ GM_KEYGOINACTIVE = 10; // You are done receiving raw key events (V53)
|
|
|
+ GM_PRERENDER = 11; // Private (V50)
|
|
|
+ GM_POSTRENDER = 12; // Private (V50)
|
|
|
+ GM_EXTENT = 13; // Let Intuition know what pixels your GM_RENDER method will fill (V51)
|
|
|
+ GM_HANDLESCROLL = 14; // Handle a mouse wheel event. (V52)
|
|
|
+ GM_QUERY = 15; // You're being queried about some special information. (V53)
|
|
|
+ GM_MENUPICK = 16; // The user selected an item from your context menu. (V54)
|
|
|
+ GM_MENUHELP = 17; // The user asked for help on an item from your context menu. (V54)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+// Parameter "Messages" passed to gadget class methods }
|
|
|
+// GM_HITTEST and GM_HELPTEST send this message. For GM_HITTEST, gpht_Mouse are coordinates relative to the gadget
|
|
|
+// select box. For GM_HELPTEST, the coordinates are relative to the gadget bounding box (which defaults to the select box).
|
|
|
+ PgpHitTest = ^TgpHitTest;
|
|
|
+ TgpHitTest = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ gpht_GInfo: PGadgetInfo;
|
|
|
+ gpht_Mouse: record
|
|
|
+ x: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ y: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// For GM_HITTEST, return GMR_GADGETHIT if you were indeed hit, otherwise return zero.
|
|
|
+//
|
|
|
+// For GM_HELPTEST, return GMR_NOHELPHIT (zero) if you were not hit. Typically, return GMR_HELPHIT if you were hit.
|
|
|
+// It is possible to pass a UWORD to the application via the Code field of the IDCMP_GADGETHELP message. Return GMR_HELPCODE or'd with
|
|
|
+// the UWORD-sized result you wish to return.
|
|
|
+//
|
|
|
+// GMR_HELPHIT yields a Code value of (LongWord(not 0)), which should mean "nothing particular" to the application.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ GMR_GADGETHIT = $00000004; // GM_HITTEST hit
|
|
|
+ GMR_NOHELPHIT = $00000000; // GM_HELPTEST didn't hit
|
|
|
+ GMR_HELPHIT = $FFFFFFFF; // GM_HELPTEST hit, return code = not 0
|
|
|
+ GMR_HELPCODE = $00010000; // GM_HELPTEST hit, return low word as code
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// GM_RENDER }
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PgpRender = ^TgpRender;
|
|
|
+ TgpRender = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ gpr_GInfo: PGadgetInfo; // gadget context
|
|
|
+ gpr_RPort: PRastPort; // all ready for use
|
|
|
+ gpr_Redraw: LongInt; // might be a "highlight pass"
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// values of gpr_Redraw
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ GREDRAW_UPDATE = 2; // incremental update, e.g. prop slider
|
|
|
+ GREDRAW_REDRAW = 1; // redraw gadget
|
|
|
+ GREDRAW_TOGGLE = 0; // toggle highlight, IF applicable
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// GM_GOACTIVE, GM_HANDLEINPUT
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PgpInput = ^TgpInput;
|
|
|
+ TgpInput = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ gpi_GInfo: PGadgetInfo;
|
|
|
+ gpi_IEvent: PInputEvent;
|
|
|
+ gpi_Termination: PLongInt;
|
|
|
+ gpi_Mouse: record
|
|
|
+ x: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ y: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ { (V39) Pointer to TabletData structure, if this event originated from a tablet which sends IESUBCLASS_NEWTABLET events, or nil if not.
|
|
|
+ DO NOT ATTEMPT TO READ THIS FIELD UNDER INTUITION PRIOR TO V39! IT WILL BE INVALID!}
|
|
|
+ gpi_TabletData : pTabletData;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// GM_HANDLEINPUT and GM_GOACTIVE return code flags
|
|
|
+// return GMR_MEACTIVE (0) alone if you want more input. Otherwise, return ONE of GMR_NOREUSE and GMR_REUSE, and optionally GMR_VERIFY.
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ GMR_MEACTIVE = 0;
|
|
|
+ GMR_NOREUSE = 1 shl 1;
|
|
|
+ GMR_REUSE = 1 shl 2;
|
|
|
+ GMR_VERIFY = 1 shl 3; // you MUST set cgp_Termination
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// New for V37:
|
|
|
+// You can end activation with one of GMR_NEXTACTIVE and GMR_PREVACTIVE, which instructs
|
|
|
+// Intuition to activate the next or previous gadget that has GFLG_TABCYCLE set.
|
|
|
+ GMR_NEXTACTIVE = 1 shl 5;
|
|
|
+ GMR_PREVACTIVE = 1 shl 6;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// GM_GOINACTIVE }
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PgpGoInactive = ^TgpGoInactive;
|
|
|
+ TgpGoInactive = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ gpgi_GInfo: PGadgetInfo;
|
|
|
+ // V37 field only! DO NOT attempt to read under V36! }
|
|
|
+ gpgi_Abort: LongWord; // gpgi_Abort=1 IF gadget was aborted by Intuition and 0 if gadget went inactive at its own request
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ New for V39: Intuition sends GM_LAYOUT to any GREL_ gadget when the gadget is added to the window (or when the window opens, if
|
|
|
+ the gadget was part of the NewWindow.FirstGadget or the WA_Gadgets list), or when the window is resized. Your gadget can set the
|
|
|
+ GA_RelSpecial property to get GM_LAYOUT events without Intuition changing the interpretation of your gadget select box. This
|
|
|
+ allows for completely arbitrary resizing/repositioning based on window size.}
|
|
|
+// GM_LAYOUT
|
|
|
+ PgpLayout = ^TgpLayout;
|
|
|
+ TgpLayout = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ gpl_GInfo: PGadgetInfo;
|
|
|
+ gpl_Initial: LongWord; // non-zero if this method was invoked during AddGList() or OpenWindow()
|
|
|
+ end; // time. zero if this method was invoked during window resizing.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// The GM_DOMAIN method is used to obtain the sizing requirements of an object for a class before ever creating an object.
|
|
|
+// GM_DOMAIN
|
|
|
+ PgpDomain = ^TgpDomain;
|
|
|
+ TgpDomain = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ gpd_GInfo: PGadgetInfo;
|
|
|
+ gpd_RPort: PRastPort; // RastPort to layout for
|
|
|
+ gpd_Which: LongInt;
|
|
|
+ gpd_Domain: TIBox; // Resulting domain
|
|
|
+ gpd_Attrs: PTagItem; // Additional attributes
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ GDOMAIN_MINIMUM = 0; // Minimum size
|
|
|
+ GDOMAIN_NOMINAL = 1; // Nominal size
|
|
|
+ GDOMAIN_MAXIMUM = 2; // Maximum size
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// The GM_KEYTEST method is used to determin if a key press matches an object's activation key(s).
|
|
|
+// GM_KEYTEST send this message.
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PgpKeyTest = ^TgpKeyTest;
|
|
|
+ TgpKeyTest = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ gpkt_GInfo: PGadgetInfo;
|
|
|
+ gpkt_IMsg: PIntuiMessage;
|
|
|
+ gpkt_VanillaKey: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// The GM_KEYGOACTIVE method is called to "simulate" a gadget going down. A gadget should render itself in a selected state when receiving
|
|
|
+// this message. If the class supports this method, it must return GMR_KEYACTIVE.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// If a gadget returns zero for this method, it will subsequently be activated via ActivateGadget() with a NULL IEvent.
|
|
|
+// GM_KEYGOACTIVE
|
|
|
+ PgpKeyInput = ^TgpKeyInput;
|
|
|
+ TgpKeyInput = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ gpk_GInfo: PGadgetInfo;
|
|
|
+ gpk_IEvent: PInputEvent;
|
|
|
+ gpk_Termination: PLongInt; // Used with GMR_KEYVERIFY
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ GMR_KEYACTIVATE = $00000000; // Throw away event and call ActivateGadget() (default)
|
|
|
+ GMR_KEYACTIVE = $00000010; // Method supported and send more key events
|
|
|
+ GMR_KEYVERIFY = $00000020; // Stop sending key events. You MUST set gpk_Termination.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// The GM_KEYGOINACTIVE method is called to simulate the gadget release.
|
|
|
+// Upon receiving this message, the gadget should do everything a normal gadget release would do.
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PgpKeyGoInactive = ^tgpKeyGoInactive;
|
|
|
+ tgpKeyGoInactive = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord; // GM_KEYGOINACTIVE
|
|
|
+ gpki_GInfo: PGadgetInfo;
|
|
|
+ gpki_Abort: LongWord; // TRUE if input was aborted
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// New for V51: Intuition may send GM_EXTENT to a gadget to ask it what
|
|
|
+// pixels (at least) it will fully redraw when its GM_RENDER method is invoked in the same context.
|
|
|
+// GM_EXTENT
|
|
|
+ PgpExtent = ^TgpExtent;
|
|
|
+ TgpExtent = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ gpe_GInfo: PGadgetInfo;
|
|
|
+ gpe_RPort: PRastPort; // nil if masking not supported
|
|
|
+ gpe_Region: PRegion; // nil if clipping not supported
|
|
|
+ gpe_Action: LongWord; // Requested operation
|
|
|
+ gpe_Flags: LongWord; // Control flags, see below
|
|
|
+ gpe_Attrs: PTagItem; // Additional attributes
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ // Possible operations requested by GM_EXTENT
|
|
|
+ GEXTENT_REMOVE = 0; // You should CLEAR shapes from region/mask
|
|
|
+ GEXTENT_ADD = 1; // You should OR shapes into region/mask
|
|
|
+ GEXTENT_INVERT = 2; // You should XOR shapes into region/mask
|
|
|
+ GEXTENT_SECT = 3; // You should AND shapes into region/mask
|
|
|
+ // Control flags defined for GM_EXTENT
|
|
|
+ GPEF_ALLOWSUPER = $00000001; // Allow superclass to handle the method
|
|
|
+ // Possible return codes for GM_EXTENT
|
|
|
+ GMR_INVALID = $00000000; // Couldn't provide any information
|
|
|
+ GMR_FULLHBOX = $00000010; // I fill every pixel within my hit box
|
|
|
+ GMR_FULLBBOX = $00000020; // I fill every pixel within my bounding box
|
|
|
+ GMR_CLIPDONE = $00000040; // Added to the region all areas I fully redraw
|
|
|
+ GMR_MASKDONE = $00000080; // Wrote into the mask all pixels I fully redraw
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// The GM_QUERY method is new for V53, and is currently invoked by Intuition and window.class.
|
|
|
+// GM_QUERY
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PgpQuery = ^TgpQuery;
|
|
|
+ TgpQuery = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord; // always GM_QUERY
|
|
|
+ gpq_GInfo: PGadgetInfo; // filled in by Intuition
|
|
|
+ gpq_IEvent: PInputEvent; // positional data is here
|
|
|
+ gpq_Type: LongWord; // see below
|
|
|
+ gpq_Data: LongInt; // the data being returned
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// values for gpq_Type
|
|
|
+ GMQ_HINTINFO = 1;
|
|
|
+ GMQ_WHICHMEMBER = 2;
|
|
|
+ GMQ_CONTEXTMENU = 3;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+// New for V54: the GM_MENUPICK and GM_MENUHELP methods are used to let a custom gadget hear context menu selections or help requests by the user.
|
|
|
+// GM_MENUPICK, GM_MENUHELP
|
|
|
+ PgpMenuEvent = ^TgpMenuEvent;
|
|
|
+ TgpMenuEvent = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ gpme_GInfo: PGadgetInfo; // Always nil
|
|
|
+ gpme_MenuAddress: APTR; // Originating context menu
|
|
|
+ gpme_MenuNumber: LongWord; // First item selected
|
|
|
+ gpme_Window: PWindow; // The gadget's window
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// Gadget/object interconnection classes
|
|
|
+ ICM_Dummy = $0401; // used for nothing
|
|
|
+ ICM_SETLOOP = $0402; // set/increment loop counter
|
|
|
+ ICM_CLEARLOOP = $0403; // clear/decrement loop counter
|
|
|
+ ICM_CHECKLOOP = $0404; // set/increment loop
|
|
|
+// no parameters for ICM_SETLOOP, ICM_CLEARLOOP, ICM_CHECKLOOP
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// interconnection attributes used by icclass, modelclass, and gadgetclass
|
|
|
+ ICA_Dummy = TAG_USER + $40000;
|
|
|
+ ICA_TARGET = ICA_Dummy + 1; // interconnection target
|
|
|
+ ICA_MAP = ICA_Dummy + 2; // interconnection map tagitem list
|
|
|
+ ICSPECIAL_CODE = ICA_Dummy + 3; // a "pseudo-attribute", see below.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ Normally, the value for ICA_TARGET is some object pointer, but if you specify the special value ICTARGET_IDCMP, notification
|
|
|
+ will be send as an IDCMP_IDCMPUPDATE message to the appropriate window's IDCMP port. See the definition of IDCMP_IDCMPUPDATE.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ When you specify ICTARGET_IDCMP for ICA_TARGET, the map you specify will be applied to derive the attribute list that is
|
|
|
+ sent with the IDCMP_IDCMPUPDATE message. If you specify a map list which results in the attribute tag id ICSPECIAL_CODE, the
|
|
|
+ lower sixteen bits of the corresponding ti_Data value will be copied into the Code field of the IDCMP_IDCMPUPDATE IntuiMessage.}
|
|
|
+ ICTARGET_IDCMP = not 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ // system image classes
|
|
|
+ CUSTOMIMAGEDEPTH = -1; // if image.Depth is this, it's a new Image class object
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ IA_Dummy = TAG_USER + $20000;
|
|
|
+ IA_Left = IA_Dummy + $01;
|
|
|
+ IA_Top = IA_Dummy + $02;
|
|
|
+ IA_Width = IA_Dummy + $03;
|
|
|
+ IA_Height = IA_Dummy + $04;
|
|
|
+ IA_FGPen = IA_Dummy + $05; // IA_FGPen also means "PlanePick"
|
|
|
+ IA_BGPen = IA_Dummy + $06; // IA_BGPen also means "PlaneOnOff" }
|
|
|
+ IA_Data = IA_Dummy + $07; // bitplanes, for classic image, other image classes may use it for other things
|
|
|
+ IA_LineWidth = IA_Dummy + $08;
|
|
|
+ IA_Pens = IA_Dummy + $0E; // pointer to word pens[], ala DrawInfo.Pens, MUST be terminated by ~0. Some classes can
|
|
|
+ // choose to have this, or SYSIA_DrawInfo, or both.
|
|
|
+ IA_Resolution = IA_Dummy + $0F; // packed uwords for x/y resolution into a longword ala DrawInfo.Resolution
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// see class documentation to learn which classes recognize these
|
|
|
+ IA_APattern = IA_Dummy + $10;
|
|
|
+ IA_APatSize = IA_Dummy + $11;
|
|
|
+ IA_Mode = IA_Dummy + $12;
|
|
|
+ IA_Font = IA_Dummy + $13;
|
|
|
+ IA_Outline = IA_Dummy + $14;
|
|
|
+ IA_Recessed = IA_Dummy + $15;
|
|
|
+ IA_DoubleEmboss = IA_Dummy + $16;
|
|
|
+ IA_EdgesOnly = IA_Dummy + $17;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ // "sysiclass" attributes
|
|
|
+ SYSIA_Size = IA_Dummy + $0B; // const's below
|
|
|
+ SYSIA_Depth = IA_Dummy + $0C; // this is unused by Intuition. SYSIA_DrawInfo is used instead for V36
|
|
|
+ SYSIA_Which = IA_Dummy + $0D; // see 's below
|
|
|
+ SYSIA_DrawInfo = IA_Dummy + $18; // pass to sysiclass, please
|
|
|
+ // obsolete: don't use these, use IA_Pens
|
|
|
+ SYSIA_Pens = IA_Pens;
|
|
|
+ IA_ShadowPen = IA_Dummy + $09;
|
|
|
+ IA_HighlightPen = IA_Dummy + $0A;
|
|
|
+ // New for V39:
|
|
|
+ SYSIA_ReferenceFont = IA_Dummy + $19; // Font to use as reference for scaling certain sysiclass images
|
|
|
+ IA_SupportsDisable = IA_Dummy + $1a; // By default, Intuition ghosts gadgets itself, instead of relying on IDS_DISABLED or
|
|
|
+ // IDS_SELECTEDDISABLED. An imageclass that supports these states should return this attribute
|
|
|
+ // as TRUE. You cannot set or clear this attribute, however.
|
|
|
+ IA_FrameType = IA_Dummy + $1b; // Starting with V39, FrameIClass recognizes several standard types of frame. Use one
|
|
|
+ // of the FRAME_ specifiers below. Defaults to FRAME_DEFAULT.
|
|
|
+ IA_Underscore = IA_Dummy + $1c; // V44, Indicate underscore keyboard shortcut for image labels. (Char) Defaults to '_'
|
|
|
+ IA_Scalable = IA_Dummy + $1d; // V44, Attribute indicates this image is allowed to/can scale its rendering. (BOOL) Defaults to FALSE.
|
|
|
+ IA_ActivateKey = IA_Dummy + $1e; // V44, Used to get an underscored label shortcut. Useful for labels attached to string gadgets. (Char) Defaults to #0.
|
|
|
+ IA_Screen = IA_Dummy + $1f; // V44 Screen pointer, may be useful/required by certain classes. (PScreen)
|
|
|
+ IA_Precision = IA_Dummy + $20; // V44 Precision value, typically pen precision but may be used for similar custom purposes. (LongWord)
|
|
|
+ // New For V50:
|
|
|
+ SYSIA_FullFrame = IA_Dummy + $21; // Specifies whether the sysiclass image must have an inner frame, if the current style normally has one.
|
|
|
+ SYSIA_ContentsBox = IA_Dummy + $22; // position and size of the inner area of a TBFRAMEIMAGE image (PIBox)
|
|
|
+ IA_Orientation = IA_Dummy + $23; // Defines orientation, for images needing this kind of information
|
|
|
+ IA_Simple = IA_Dummy + $24; // image should be drawn with the most plain graphic appearance it supports
|
|
|
+ SYSIA_VectorInfo = IA_Dummy + $25; // Custom vector definition for a sysiclass image.
|
|
|
+ SYSIA_RenderHook = IA_Dummy + $26; // Custom rendering hook for a sysiclass image.
|
|
|
+ SYSIA_BitMapCache = IA_Dummy + $27; // Level of bitmap caching for sysiclass images (0 = none, 1 = deferred, 2 = immediate). Defaults to 2.
|
|
|
+ IA_Label = IA_Dummy + $28; // Pointer to a string to be used as the image's text label, if it supports one.
|
|
|
+ SYSIA_Label = IA_Label;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ IA_BackFill = IA_Dummy + $29; // Pointer to a backfill hook the image can use to fill
|
|
|
+ IA_SelectedBackFill = IA_Dummy + $2A; // its background, if it supports this attribute.
|
|
|
+ IA_DisabledBackFill = IA_Dummy + $2B;
|
|
|
+ IA_InactiveBackFill = IA_Dummy + $2C;
|
|
|
+ // New For V51:
|
|
|
+ IA_EraseBackground = IA_Dummy + $2D; // Erase the background before rendering the image?
|
|
|
+ IA_InBorder = IA_Dummy + $2E; // Is this image to be drawn inside a window border? Defaults to FALSE.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+//**** "gaugeiclass" attributes
|
|
|
+ GAUGEIA_Min = IA_Dummy + $2F; // Minimum level of a gaugeiclass image. (V51)
|
|
|
+ GAUGEIA_Max = IA_Dummy + $30; // Maximum level of a gaugeiclass image. (V51)
|
|
|
+ GAUGEIA_Level = IA_Dummy + $31; // Current level of a gaugeiclass image. (V51)
|
|
|
+ GAUGEIA_Ticks = IA_Dummy + $32; // Number of tick marks to be drawn for a gaugeiclass image. Defaults to 0 (no tick marks). (V51)
|
|
|
+ GAUGEIA_TickSize = IA_Dummy + $33; // Length of tick marks for a gaugeiclass image, if they are present. Defaults to 4. (V51)
|
|
|
+ GAUGEIA_ShortTicks = IA_Dummy + $34; // Should half-length tick marks be drawn in-between the normal tick marks of a gaugeiclass image? Defaults to False. (V51)
|
|
|
+ GAUGEIA_InnerTicks = IA_Dummy + $35; // Should tick marks be drawn inside the gauge, rather than alongside it? Defaults to FALSE. (V51)
|
|
|
+ GAUGEIA_ScaleHook = IA_Dummy + $36; // Custom hook for calculating the size of the filled part of the gauge, relative to the container's size;
|
|
|
+ // object is the image, message is a pointer to an array of 3 uint32s. The scale hook must calculate
|
|
|
+ // (number[0] * number[1]) / number[2] and return the result, or zero if it can't perform the calculation.
|
|
|
+ // Passing NULL means an internal scaling routine will be used. Defaults to nil. (V51)
|
|
|
+ IA_Justification = IA_Dummy + $37; // Justification of the image's text label, if it supports one. Use one of the IJ_ constants below.
|
|
|
+ // Defaults to IJ_LEFT, unless otherwise specified in the documentation for the image class. (V51)
|
|
|
+ IA_LabelPen = IA_Dummy + $38; // Color of the image's text label, if it supports one. Defaults to the TEXTPEN color. (V51)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// data values for SYSIA_Size
|
|
|
+ SYSISIZE_MEDRES = 0;
|
|
|
+ SYSISIZE_LOWRES = 1;
|
|
|
+ SYSISIZE_HIRES = 2;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// SYSIA_Which tag data values: Specifies which system gadget you want an image for. Some numbers correspond to internal Intuition
|
|
|
+ DEPTHIMAGE = $00; // Window depth gadget image
|
|
|
+ ZOOMIMAGE = $01; // Window zoom gadget image
|
|
|
+ SIZEIMAGE = $02; // Window sizing gadget image
|
|
|
+ CLOSEIMAGE = $03; // Window close gadget image
|
|
|
+ SDEPTHIMAGE = $05; // screen depth gadget
|
|
|
+ LEFTIMAGE = $0A; // Window left-arrow gadget image
|
|
|
+ UPIMAGE = $0B; // Window up-arrow gadget image
|
|
|
+ RIGHTIMAGE = $0C; // Window right-arrow gadget image
|
|
|
+ DOWNIMAGE = $0D; // Window down-arrow gadget image
|
|
|
+ CHECKIMAGE = $0E; // GT/RA checkbox image
|
|
|
+ MXIMAGE = $0F; // GT/RA mutual exclude "button" image
|
|
|
+ // New for V39:
|
|
|
+ MENUCHECK = $10; // Menu checkmark image
|
|
|
+ AMIGAKEY = $11; // Menu Amiga-key image
|
|
|
+ // New for V50:
|
|
|
+ SBARLOGO = $12; // Screen titlebar logo
|
|
|
+ POPUPIMAGE = $13; // Window pop-up gadget image
|
|
|
+ SETTINGSIMAGE = $14; // Window settings gadget image
|
|
|
+ SNAPSHOTIMAGE = $15; // Window snapshot gadget image
|
|
|
+ ICONIFYIMAGE = $16; // Window iconify gadget image
|
|
|
+ PADLOCKIMAGE = $17; // Window padlock gadget image
|
|
|
+ TBFRAMEIMAGE = $18; // Window titlebar frame image
|
|
|
+ HKHANDLEIMAGE = $19; // Window horizontal knob handle symbol
|
|
|
+ VKHANDLEIMAGE = $1A; // Window vertical knob handle symbol
|
|
|
+ MENUMX = $1B; // Menu mutualexclude image
|
|
|
+ MENUSUB = $1C; // Menu sub-panel indicator
|
|
|
+ CYCLEIMAGE = $1D; // GT/RA cycle symbol
|
|
|
+ CHECKMARKIMAGE = $1E; // GT/RA checkmark symbol
|
|
|
+ GLEFTIMAGE = $1F; // GT/RA left-arrow symbol
|
|
|
+ GUPIMAGE = $20; // GT/RA up-arrow symbol
|
|
|
+ GRIGHTIMAGE = $21; // GT/RA right-arrow symbol
|
|
|
+ GDOWNIMAGE = $22; // GT/RA down-arrow symbol
|
|
|
+ GHKHANDLEIMAGE = $23; // GT/RA horizontal knob handle symbol
|
|
|
+ GVKHANDLEIMAGE = $24; // GT/RA vertical knob handle symbol
|
|
|
+ // New for V51:
|
|
|
+ SCLOSEIMAGE = $25; // Screen close gadget image
|
|
|
+ SCREENSIMAGE = $26; // Window screen-jump gadget image
|
|
|
+ // New for V53.25:
|
|
|
+ SORTASCIMAGE = $27; // Sort ascending image
|
|
|
+ SORTDESIMAGE = $28; // Sort descending image
|
|
|
+// Additional system image types recognized by DrawSysImageA() (V50)
|
|
|
+ SI_HPROPBACKGROUND = $1001; // Background of horizontal scroller
|
|
|
+ SI_VPROPBACKGROUND = $1002; // Background of vertical scroller
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Data values for IA_FrameType (recognized by FrameIClass)
|
|
|
+ FRAME_DEFAULT = 0; //The standard V37-type frame, which has thin edges.
|
|
|
+ FRAME_BUTTON = 1; // Standard button gadget frames, having thicker sides and nicely edged corners.
|
|
|
+ FRAME_RIDGE = 2; // A ridge such as used by standard string gadgets. You can recess the ridge to get a groove image.
|
|
|
+ FRAME_ICONDROPBOX = 3; // A broad ridge which is the standard imagery for areas in AppWindows where icons may be dropped.
|
|
|
+ // New for V50:
|
|
|
+ FRAME_PROPBORDER = 4; // A frame suitable for use as border of a proportional gadget container.
|
|
|
+ FRAME_PROPKNOB = 5; // A frame suitable for use as knob of a proportional gadget.
|
|
|
+ FRAME_DISPLAY = 6; // A recessed frame for display elements, such as read-only text or number gadgets.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// IA_Justification tag data values
|
|
|
+ IJ_LEFT = 0;
|
|
|
+ IJ_CENTER = 1;
|
|
|
+ IJ_RIGHT = 2;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// image message id's
|
|
|
+ IM_DRAW = $202; // draw yourself, with "state"
|
|
|
+ IM_HITTEST = $203; // return TRUE IF click hits image
|
|
|
+ IM_ERASE = $204; // erase yourself
|
|
|
+ IM_MOVE = $205; // draw new AND erase old, smoothly
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ IM_DRAWFRAME = $206; // draw with specified dimensions
|
|
|
+ IM_FRAMEBOX = $207; // get recommended frame around some box
|
|
|
+ IM_HITFRAME = $208; // hittest with dimensions
|
|
|
+ IM_ERASEFRAME = $209; // hittest with dimensions
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ IM_DOMAINFRAME = $20A; // query image for its domain info (V44)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ IM_EXTENT = $20B; // inquire about rendering extent (V51)
|
|
|
+ IM_EXTENTFRAME = $20C; // as IM_EXTENT, with dimensions (V51)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// image draw states or styles, for IM_DRAW
|
|
|
+// Note that they have no bitwise meanings (unfortunately)
|
|
|
+ IDS_NORMAL = 0;
|
|
|
+ IDS_SELECTED = 1; // for selected gadgets
|
|
|
+ IDS_DISABLED = 2; // for disabled gadgets
|
|
|
+ IDS_BUSY = 3; // for future functionality
|
|
|
+ IDS_INDETERMINATE = 4; // for future functionality
|
|
|
+ IDS_INACTIVENORMAL = 5; // normal, in inactive window border
|
|
|
+ IDS_INACTIVESELECTED = 6; // selected, in inactive border
|
|
|
+ IDS_INACTIVEDISABLED = 7; // disabled, in inactive border
|
|
|
+ IDS_SELECTEDDISABLED = 8; // disabled and selected
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// oops, please forgive spelling error by jimm
|
|
|
+ IDS_INDETERMINANT = IDS_INDETERMINATE;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// IM_FRAMEBOX
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PimpFrameBox = ^TimpFrameBox;
|
|
|
+ TimpFrameBox = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ imp_ContentsBox: PIBox; // input: relative box of contents
|
|
|
+ imp_FrameBox: PIBox; // output: rel. box of encl frame
|
|
|
+ imp_DrInfo: PDrawInfo; // NB: May be nil
|
|
|
+ imp_FrameFlags: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ FRAMEF_SPECIFY = 1 shl 0; // Make do with the dimensions of FrameBox provided.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// IM_DRAW, IM_DRAWFRAME
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PimpDraw = ^TimpDraw;
|
|
|
+ TimpDraw = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ imp_RPort: PRastPort;
|
|
|
+ imp_Offset: record
|
|
|
+ x: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ y: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ imp_State: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ imp_DrInfo: PDrawInfo; // NB: May be nil
|
|
|
+ // these parameters only valid for IM_DRAWFRAME
|
|
|
+ imp_Dimensions: record
|
|
|
+ Width: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ Height: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// IM_ERASE, IM_ERASEFRAME
|
|
|
+// NOTE: This is a subset of impDraw
|
|
|
+ PimpErase = ^TimpErase;
|
|
|
+ TimpErase = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ imp_RPort: PRastPort;
|
|
|
+ imp_Offset: record
|
|
|
+ x: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ y: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ // these parameters only valid for IM_ERASEFRAME
|
|
|
+ imp_Dimensions: record
|
|
|
+ Width: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ Height: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// IM_HITTEST, IM_HITFRAME
|
|
|
+ PimpHitTest = ^TimpHitTest;
|
|
|
+ TimpHitTest = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ imp_Point: record
|
|
|
+ x: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ y: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ // these parameters only valid for IM_HITFRAME
|
|
|
+ imp_Dimensions: record
|
|
|
+ Width: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ Height: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// The IM_DOMAINFRAME method is used to obtain the sizing requirements of an image object within a layout group.
|
|
|
+// IM_DOMAINFRAME
|
|
|
+ PimpDomainFrame = ^TimpDomainFrame;
|
|
|
+ TimpDomainFrame = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ imp_DrInfo: PDrawInfo; // DrawInfo
|
|
|
+ imp_RPort: PRastPort; // RastPort to layout for
|
|
|
+ imp_Which: LongInt; // what size - min/nominal/max
|
|
|
+ imp_Domain: TIBox; // Resulting domain
|
|
|
+ imp_Attrs: PTagItem; // Additional attributes
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Accepted vales for imp_Which.
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ IDOMAIN_MINIMUM = 0;
|
|
|
+ IDOMAIN_NOMINAL = 1;
|
|
|
+ IDOMAIN_MAXIMUM = 2;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// The IM_EXTENT/IM_EXTENTFRAME method is used to ask the image what pixels or areas (at least) it will fully
|
|
|
+// overwrite in its IM_DRAW/IM_DRAWFRAME method.
|
|
|
+// See the description of gadgetclass/GM_EXTENT for more detailed information about this topic.
|
|
|
+// IM_EXTENT, IM_EXTENTFRAME
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PimpExtent = ^TimpExtent;
|
|
|
+ TimpExtent = record
|
|
|
+ MethodID: LongWord;
|
|
|
+ imp_DrInfo: PDrawInfo; // May be nil
|
|
|
+ imp_RPort: PRastPort; // NULL if masking not supported
|
|
|
+ imp_Region: PRegion; // NULL if clipping not supported
|
|
|
+ imp_Action: LongWord; // Requested operation
|
|
|
+ imp_Flags: LongWord; // Control flags, see below
|
|
|
+ imp_Attrs: PTagItem; // Additional attributes
|
|
|
+ imp_State: LongWord; // Rendering state
|
|
|
+ imp_Frame: TIBox; // Sizes only valid for IM_EXTENTFRAME
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// Possible operations requested by IM_EXTENT/IM_EXTENTFRAME
|
|
|
+ IEXTENT_REMOVE = 0; // You should CLEAR shapes from region/mask
|
|
|
+ IEXTENT_ADD = 1; // You should OR shapes into region/mask
|
|
|
+ IEXTENT_INVERT = 2; // You should XOR shapes into region/mask
|
|
|
+ IEXTENT_SECT = 3; // You should AND shapes into region/mask
|
|
|
+// Control flags defined for IM_EXTENT/IM_EXTENTFRAME
|
|
|
+ IMPF_ALLOWSUPER = $01; // Allow superclass to handle the method
|
|
|
+// Possible return codes for IM_EXTENT/IM_EXTENTFRAME
|
|
|
+ IMR_INVALID = $00; // Couldn't provide any information
|
|
|
+ IMR_CLIPDONE = $40; // Added to the region all areas I fully cover
|
|
|
+ IMR_MASKDONE = $80; // Wrote into the mask all pixels I fully cover
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { ** 'boopsi' pointer class interface }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ // The following tags are recognized at NewObject() time by pointerclass:
|
|
|
+ POINTERA_Dummy = TAG_USER + $39000;
|
|
|
+ POINTERA_BitMap = POINTERA_Dummy + $01; // (PBitMap) - Pointer to bitmap to get pointer imagery from. Bitplane data need not be in chip RAM.
|
|
|
+ POINTERA_XOffset = POINTERA_Dummy + $02; // (LongInt) - X-offset of the pointer hotspot.
|
|
|
+ POINTERA_YOffset = POINTERA_Dummy + $03; // (LongInt) - X-offset of the pointer hotspot.
|
|
|
+ POINTERA_WordWidth = POINTERA_Dummy + $04; // (LongWord) - designed width of the pointer in words
|
|
|
+ POINTERA_XResolution = POINTERA_Dummy + $05; // (LongWord) - one of the POINTERXRESN_ flags below
|
|
|
+ POINTERA_YResolution = POINTERA_Dummy + $06; // (LongWord) - one of the POINTERYRESN_ flags below
|
|
|
+ POINTERA_ImageData = POINTERA_Dummy + $07; // V52
|
|
|
+ POINTERA_Width = POINTERA_Dummy + $08; // V52
|
|
|
+ POINTERA_Height = POINTERA_Dummy + $09; // V52
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// These are the choices for the POINTERA_XResolution attribute which will determine what
|
|
|
+// resolution pixels are used for this pointer.
|
|
|
+ POINTERXRESN_DEFAULT = 0; // (ECS-compatible pointer width) = 70 ns if SUPERHIRES-type mode, 140 ns if not
|
|
|
+ POINTERXRESN_140NS = 1; // (pointer always in 140 ns pixels) = 140 ns always
|
|
|
+ POINTERXRESN_70NS = 2; // (pointer always in 70 ns pixels) = 70 ns always
|
|
|
+ POINTERXRESN_35NS = 3; // (pointer always in 35 ns pixels) = 35 ns always
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ POINTERXRESN_SCREENRES = 4; // Same as pixel speed of screen
|
|
|
+ POINTERXRESN_LORES = 5; // (pointer always in lores-like pixels) = 140 ns in 15kHz modes, 70 ns in 31kHz modes
|
|
|
+ POINTERXRESN_HIRES = 6; // (pointer always in hires-like pixels) = 70 ns in 15kHz modes, 35 ns in 31kHz modes
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// These are the choices for the POINTERA_YResolution attribute which
|
|
|
+// will determine what vertical resolution is used for this pointer.
|
|
|
+ POINTERYRESN_DEFAULT = 0; // In 15 kHz modes, the pointer resolution will be the same as a non-interlaced screen. In 31 kHz modes, the pointer
|
|
|
+ // will be doubled vertically. This means there will be about 200-256 pointer lines per screen.
|
|
|
+ POINTERYRESN_HIGH = 2; // Where the hardware/software supports it, the pointer resolution will be high. This means there will be about 400-480 pointer lines per screen. POINTERYRESN_HIGHASPECT also means that
|
|
|
+ POINTERYRESN_HIGHASPECT = 3; // when the pointer comes out double-height due to hardware/software restrictions, its width would be doubled as well, if possible(to preserve aspect).
|
|
|
+ POINTERYRESN_SCREENRES = 4; // Will attempt to match the vertical resolution of the pointer to the screen's vertical resolution. POINTERYRESN_SCREENASPECT also means that when the pointer comes out double-height due to
|
|
|
+ POINTERYRESN_SCREENRESASPECT = 5; // hardware/software restrictions, its width would be doubled as well, if possible (to preserve aspect).
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Pointer type definitions for WA_PointerType (OpenWindowTags() and SetWindowPointer()) (V53.37)
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_NORMAL = 0; // the well known normal pointer
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_BUSY = 1; // the well known busy pointer
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_ALIAS = 2; // use when dragging an item with the intent of creating a reference to or virtual copy of it
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_CELL = 3; // use to indicate that the pointer is hovering on top of a table cell
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_COLUMNRESIZE = 4; // use to indicate that a column can be resized or is being resized
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_CONTEXTMENU = 5; // use to indicate that a menu or context menu can be opened at the current location
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_COPY = 6; // use to indicate that something is in a copy buffer or that a drag&drop operation will result in a copy the the dragged item
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_CROSS = 7; // use to indicate a precise selection, i.e. a precise area is being selected or while drawing pixels in a paint program
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_DRAGANDDROP = 8; // use to indicate that an item is currently being dragged around
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_EASTRESIZE = 9; // use to indicate that the item can be resized on its left border, i.e. a resize indication at the left border of a window
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_EASTWESTRESIZE = 10; // use to indicate that the selected item is currently being resized either from its left or right border, i.e. the current window is being resized in its left border
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_HAND = 11; // use to indicate that the current item is drag&droppable or moveable
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_HELP = 12; // use to indicate that there is help available for the item the pointer is hovering over
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_LINK = 13; // use to indicate that the current context will be replaced, i.e. the pointer is hovering over a hyperlink or a window tab
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_MENU = 14; // use to indicate that a menu or context menu is active
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_NODROP = 15; // use to indicate that a dragged item cannot be dropped at the current location
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_NONE = 16; // use to indicate that the pointer is deactivated
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_NORTHEASTRESIZE = 17; // use to indicate that the item can be resized on its top left corner, i.e. a resize indication at the top left corner of a window
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_NORTHEASTSOUTHWESTRESIZE = 18; // use to indicate that the selected item is currently being resized either from its top left or bottom right corner, i.e. the current window is being resized in its top left corner
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_NORTHRESIZE = 19; // use to indicate that the item can be resized on its top border, i.e. a resize indication at the top border of a window
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_NORTHSOUTHRESIZE = 20; // use to indicate that the selected item is currently being resized from either its top or bottom border, i.e. the current window is being resized in its bottom border
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_NORTHWESTRESIZE = 21; // use to indicate that the selected item is currently being resized from its top left corner, i.e. the current window is being resized in its top left corner
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_NORTHWESTSOUTHEASTRESIZE = 22; // use to indicate that the selected item is currently being resized either from its top right or bottom left corner, i.e. the current window is being resized in its top right corner
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_NOTALLOWED = 23; // use to indicate that the current operation is not allowed, i.e. the pointer is hovering over a disabled button
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_PROGRESS = 24; // use to indicate that the application is doing some background work but still accepts user input, i.e. a web page is currently loading in a browser application
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_ROWRESIZE = 25; // use to indicate that a row can be resized or is being resized
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_SCROLLALL = 26; // use to indicate that the item can be or is being moved, i.e. a window is being moved while a hotkey for window move is pressed
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_SOUTHEASTRESIZE = 27; // use to indicate that the selected item is currently being resized from its bottom right corner, i.e. the current window is being resized in its bottom right corner
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_SOUTHRESIZE = 28; // use to indicate that the item can be resized on its bottom border, i.e. a resize indication at the bottom border of a window
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_SOUTHWESTRESIZE = 29; // use to indicate that the selected item is currently being resized from its bottom left corner, i.e. the current window is being resized in its bottom left corner
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_TEXT = 30; // use to indicate that horizontal text can be selected at the current position
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_VERTICALTEXT = 31; // use to indicate that vertical text can be selected at the current position
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_WESTRESIZE = 32; // use to indicate that the item can be resized on its right border, i.e. a resize indication at the right border of a window
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_ZOOMIN = 33; // use to indicate that a left click on the current item will result in a zoom in
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_ZOOMOUT = 34; // use to indicate that a left click on the current item will result in a zoom out
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_PEN = 35; // use to indicate a drawing action
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_ROTATE = 36; // use to indicate something can be rotated at the current position
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_RUBBER = 37; // use to indicate an erasing action
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_SELECT = 38; // use to indicate that something can be marked for selection at the current position
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_SMUDGE = 39; // use to indicate that something can be smudged/smeared at the current position
|
|
|
+ POINTERTYPE_COUNT = 40; // just a counter for the number of available standard pointers
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PStringExtend = ^TStringExtend;
|
|
|
+ TStringExtend = record
|
|
|
+ // display specifications
|
|
|
+ Font: PTextFont; // must be an open Font (not TextAttr)
|
|
|
+ Pens: array[0..1] of Byte; // color of text/backgroun
|
|
|
+ ActivePens: array[0..1] of Byte; // colors when gadget is active
|
|
|
+ // edit specifications
|
|
|
+ InitialModes: LongWord; // initial mode flags, below
|
|
|
+ EditHook: PHook; // IF non-NULL, must supply WorkBuffer
|
|
|
+ WorkBuffer: STRPTR; // must be as large as StringInfo.Buffer
|
|
|
+ Reserved: array[0..3] of LongWord; // set to 0
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ PSGWork = ^TSGWork;
|
|
|
+ TSGWork = record
|
|
|
+ // set up when gadget is first activated
|
|
|
+ Gadget: PGadget; // the contestant itself
|
|
|
+ StringInfo: pStringInfo; // easy access to sinfo
|
|
|
+ WorkBuffer: STRPTR; // intuition's planned result
|
|
|
+ PrevBuffer: STRPTR; // what was there before
|
|
|
+ Modes: LongWord; // current mode
|
|
|
+ // modified for each input event
|
|
|
+ IEvent: PInputEvent; // actual event: do not change
|
|
|
+ Code: Word; // character code, IF one byte
|
|
|
+ BufferPos: SmallInt; // cursor position
|
|
|
+ NumChars: SmallInt;
|
|
|
+ Actions: LongWord; // what Intuition will do
|
|
|
+ LongInt_: LongInt; // temp storage for LongInt
|
|
|
+ GadgetInfo: PGadgetInfo;
|
|
|
+ EditOp: Word; // from constants below
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// SGWork.EditOp - These values indicate what basic type of operation the global editing hook has performed on the string before your gadget's custom
|
|
|
+// editing hook gets called. You do not have to be concerned with the value your custom hook leaves in the EditOp field, only if you write a global editing hook.
|
|
|
+// For most of these general edit operations, you'll want to compare the BufferPos and NumChars of the StringInfo (before global editing) and SGWork (after global editing).
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ EO_NOOP = $0001; // did nothing
|
|
|
+ EO_DELBACKWARD= $0002; // deleted some chars maybe 0.
|
|
|
+ EO_DELFORWARD = $0003; // deleted some characters under and in front of the cursor
|
|
|
+ EO_MOVECURSOR = $0004; // moved the cursor
|
|
|
+ EO_ENTER = $0005; // "enter" or "return" key, terminate
|
|
|
+ EO_RESET = $0006; // current Intuition-style undo
|
|
|
+ EO_REPLACECHAR= $0007; // replaced one character and maybe advanced cursor
|
|
|
+ EO_INSERTCHAR = $0008; // inserted one char into string or added one at end
|
|
|
+ EO_BADFORMAT = $0009; // didn't like the text data, e.g., Bad LongInt
|
|
|
+ EO_BIGCHANGE = $000A; // unused by Intuition // complete or major change to the text, e.g. new string
|
|
|
+ EO_UNDO = $000B; // unused by Intuition // some other style of undo
|
|
|
+ EO_CLEAR = $000C; // clear the string
|
|
|
+ EO_SPECIAL = $000D; // unused by Intuition // some operation that doesn't fit into the categories here
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ // Mode Flags definitions ONLY first group allowed as InitialModes
|
|
|
+ SGM_REPLACE = 1 shl 0; // replace mode // please initialize StringInfo with in-range value of BufferPos if you are using SGM_REPLACE mode.
|
|
|
+ SGM_FIXEDFIELD = 1 shl 1; // fixed length buffer // always set SGM_REPLACE, too
|
|
|
+ SGM_NOFILTER = 1 shl 2; // don't filter control chars
|
|
|
+ // SGM_EXITHELP is new for V37, and ignored by V36:
|
|
|
+ SGM_EXITHELP = 1 shl 7; // exit with code = $5F IF HELP hit
|
|
|
+ // These Mode Flags are for internal use only
|
|
|
+ SGM_NOCHANGE = 1 shl 3; // no edit changes yet
|
|
|
+ SGM_NOWORKB = 1 shl 4; // Buffer == PrevBuffer
|
|
|
+ SGM_CONTROL = 1 shl 5; // control char escape mode
|
|
|
+ SGM_LONGINT = 1 shl 6; // an intuition LongInt gadget
|
|
|
+ // String Gadget Action Flags put in SGWork.Actions by EditHook
|
|
|
+ SGA_USE = $1; // use contents of SGWork
|
|
|
+ SGA_END = $2; // terminate gadget, code in Code field
|
|
|
+ SGA_BEEP = $4; // flash the screen for the user
|
|
|
+ SGA_REUSE = $8; // reuse input event
|
|
|
+ SGA_REDISPLAY = $10; // gadget visuals changed
|
|
|
+ // New for V37:
|
|
|
+ SGA_NEXTACTIVE = $20; // Make next possible gadget active.
|
|
|
+ SGA_PREVACTIVE = $40; // Make previous possible gadget active.
|
|
|
+ // function id for only existing custom string gadget edit hook
|
|
|
+ SGH_KEY = 1; // process editing keystroke
|
|
|
+ SGH_CLICK = 2; // process mouse click cursor position
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ // Tags for ObtainBitMapSourceA()
|
|
|
+ BMS_Dummy = TAG_USER + $01547300;
|
|
|
+ BMS_NoDiskIO = BMS_Dummy + 1; // Only open if already in memory
|
|
|
+ BMS_DoMask = BMS_Dummy + 2; // Generate a mask, if possible
|
|
|
+ BMS_DoOutline = BMS_Dummy + 3; // Load outline mask, if present
|
|
|
+ BMS_DoShade = BMS_Dummy + 4; // Load shading maps, if present
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Tags for ObtainBitMapInstanceA()
|
|
|
+ BMI_Dummy = TAG_USER + $01547400;
|
|
|
+ BMI_Exclusive = BMI_Dummy + 1; // Is this bitmap exclusive?
|
|
|
+ BMI_DoLevels = BMI_Dummy + 2; // Generate brighter/darker variants?
|
|
|
+ BMI_Offsets = BMI_Dummy + 3; // Packed backfill offsets
|
|
|
+ BMI_LayerInfo = BMI_Dummy + 4; // Is this a LayerInfo backfill?
|
|
|
+ BMI_ReferencePen = BMI_Dummy + 5; // Base pen this bitmap is associated to
|
|
|
+ BMI_GradientSpec = BMI_Dummy + 6; // Gradient specification for backfill
|
|
|
+ BMI_CacheGradient = BMI_Dummy + 7; // Packed W:H to rasterize gradient
|
|
|
+ BMI_GradientAxis = BMI_Dummy + 8; // Tile rasterized gradient on this axis
|
|
|
+ BMI_IgnoreDomain = BMI_Dummy + 9; // Always use whole RastPort as domain
|
|
|
+ BMI_TileLeft = BMI_Dummy + 10; // Left offset for backfill tile (V51)
|
|
|
+ BMI_TileTop = BMI_Dummy + 11; // Top offset for backfill tile (V51)
|
|
|
+ BMI_TileWidth = BMI_Dummy + 12; // Width of backfill tile (V51)
|
|
|
+ BMI_TileHeight = BMI_Dummy + 13; // Height of backfill tile (V51)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Tags for BitMapInstanceControlA()
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_Dummy = TAG_USER + $01547600;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetBitMap = BMICTRL_Dummy + 1; // (struct BitMap **) Get actual BitMap address.
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetHook = BMICTRL_Dummy + 2; // (struct Hook **) Get backfill hook address.
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetOffsets = BMICTRL_Dummy + 3; // (ULONG *) Get backfill offsets, packed in a single longword.
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_SetOffsets = BMICTRL_Dummy + 4; // (ULONG) Set backfill offsets, packed in a single longword;
|
|
|
+ // this ONLY applies to instances allocated in exclusive mode.
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetWidth = BMICTRL_Dummy + 5; // (ULONG *) Get width of BitMap.
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetHeight = BMICTRL_Dummy + 6; // (ULONG *) Get height of BitMap.
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetBrightBitMap = BMICTRL_Dummy + 7; // (struct BitMap **) Get address of bright-level BitMap (if any).
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetHalfBrightBitMap = BMICTRL_Dummy + 8; // (struct BitMap **) Get address of half-bright-level BitMap (if any).
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetHalfDarkBitMap = BMICTRL_Dummy + 9; // (struct BitMap **) Get address of half-dark-level BitMap (if any).
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetDarkBitMap = BMICTRL_Dummy + 10; // (struct BitMap **) Get address of dark-level BitMap (if any).
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetMaskBitMap = BMICTRL_Dummy + 11; // (struct BitMap **) Get address of single-plane mask bitmap (if any).
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetOutlineBitMap = BMICTRL_Dummy + 12; // (struct BitMap **) Get address of single-plane outline bitmap (if any)
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetShineMap = BMICTRL_Dummy + 13; // (UBYTE **) Get address of bright shading alpha map array (if any).
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetShadowMap = BMICTRL_Dummy + 14; // (UBYTE **) Get address of dark shading alpha map array (if any).
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetAlphaMap = BMICTRL_Dummy + 15; // (UBYTE **) Get address of alpha blending map array (if any).
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetShadeMaskBitMap = BMICTRL_Dummy + 16; // (struct BitMap **) Get address of single-plane shade mask bitmap (if any).
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetScreen = BMICTRL_Dummy + 17; // (struct Screen **) Get address of the reference screen (may be NULL).
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetBitMapSource = BMICTRL_Dummy + 18; // (APTR *) Get address of the BitMapSource this instance was obtained from.
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetGradientSpec = BMICTRL_Dummy + 19; // (GRADSPEC **) Get address of gradient specification (if any).
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_SetGradientSpec = BMICTRL_Dummy + 20; // (GRADSPEC *) Set gradient specification; this ONLY applies to
|
|
|
+ // instances allocated in exclusive mode.
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetReferencePen = BMICTRL_Dummy + 21; // (ULONG *) Get reference pen index.
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetOutlineMap = BMICTRL_Dummy + 22; // (UBYTE **) Get address of outline alpha map array (if any).
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetTileLeft = BMICTRL_Dummy + 23; // (ULONG *) Get left offset of backfill tile. (V51)
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetTileTop = BMICTRL_Dummy + 24; // (ULONG *) Get top offset of backfill tile. (V51)
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetTileWidth = BMICTRL_Dummy + 25; // (ULONG *) Get width of backfill tile. (V51)
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetTileHeight = BMICTRL_Dummy + 26; // (ULONG *) Get height of backfill tile. (V51)
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_GetTileBox = BMICTRL_Dummy + 27; // (struct IBox *) Get backfill tile box in one go. (V51)
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_SetTileLeft = BMICTRL_Dummy + 28; // (UWORD) Set left offset of backfill tile; this ONLY applies to
|
|
|
+ // instances allocated in exclusive mode. (V51)
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_SetTileTop = BMICTRL_Dummy + 29; // (UWORD) Set top offset of backfill tile; this ONLY applies to
|
|
|
+ // instances allocated in exclusive mode. (V51)
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_SetTileWidth = BMICTRL_Dummy + 30; // (UWORD) Set width of backfill tile; this ONLY applies to
|
|
|
+ // instances allocated in exclusive mode. (V51)
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_SetTileHeight = BMICTRL_Dummy + 31; // (UWORD) Set height of backfill tile; this ONLY applies to
|
|
|
+ // instances allocated in exclusive mode. (V51)
|
|
|
+ BMICTRL_SetReferencePen = BMICTRL_Dummy + 32; // (ULONG) Set reference pen index; this ONLY applies to
|
|
|
+ // instances allocated in exclusive mode. (V51)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Useful type definitions
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ TBitMapSource = APTR;
|
|
|
+ TBitMapInstance = APTR;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// *** Common structures for simple vector drawing
|
|
|
+ PVector = ^TVector;
|
|
|
+ TVector = record
|
|
|
+ Operation: Byte; // Type of rendering operation
|
|
|
+ Type_: Byte; // Type of environment (monochrome/color)
|
|
|
+ DRIPen: Word; // DrawInfo pen for this rendering
|
|
|
+ States: LongWord; // States this rendering applies to
|
|
|
+ X, Y: SmallInt; // Offsets for rendering
|
|
|
+ Data: PWord; // Rendering specifications
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ PVectorInfo = ^TVectorInfo;
|
|
|
+ TVectorInfo = record
|
|
|
+ VectorID: LongWord; // To identify the image, if needed
|
|
|
+ Vectors: PVector; // VO_END-terminated array of vectors
|
|
|
+ DesignWidth: Word; // Reference width for scaling
|
|
|
+ DesignHeight: Word; // Reference height for scaling
|
|
|
+ Flags: LongWord; // Additional information
|
|
|
+ States: LongWord; // Supported states
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// Values for Vector.Operation
|
|
|
+ VO_LINE = $00; // Outline only
|
|
|
+ VO_FILL = $01; // Filled, not outline
|
|
|
+ VO_RECT = $00; // Rectangle
|
|
|
+ VO_POLY = $02; // Polygon
|
|
|
+ VO_ELPS = $04; // Ellipse
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ VO_LINERECT = VO_LINE or VO_RECT;
|
|
|
+ VO_FILLRECT = VO_FILL or VO_RECT;
|
|
|
+ VO_LINEPOLY = VO_LINE or VO_POLY;
|
|
|
+ VO_FILLPOLY = VO_FILL or VO_POLY;
|
|
|
+ VO_LINEELPS = VO_LINE or VO_ELPS;
|
|
|
+ VO_FILLELPS = VO_FILL or VO_ELPS;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ VO_END = $FF; // End marker for Vector array
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Values for TVector.Type
|
|
|
+ VT_MONO = $01; // Vector is used for monochrome rendering
|
|
|
+ VT_COLOR = $02; // Vector is used for color rendering
|
|
|
+ VT_BOTH = $03; // Vector is used for both types of rendering
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Special values for TVector.DRIPen
|
|
|
+ PEN_BRIGHT = $1000; // Bright shade of the background
|
|
|
+ PEN_HALFBRIGHT = $1001; // Half-bright shade of the background
|
|
|
+ PEN_HALFDARK = $1003; // Half-dark shade of the background
|
|
|
+ PEN_DARK = $1004; // Dark shade of the background
|
|
|
+ PEN_ALPHASHINE = $2000; // OR with 0..255 for bright alpha shading
|
|
|
+ PEN_ALPHASHADOW = $3000; // OR with 0..255 for dark alpha shading
|
|
|
+ PEN_ALPHA = $4000; // OR with 0..255 for alpha blending
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// State flags. Sysiclass doesn't support INACTIVEDISABLED for now.
|
|
|
+ IDSF_NORMAL = 1 shl IDS_NORMAL;
|
|
|
+ IDSF_SELECTED = 1 shl IDS_SELECTED;
|
|
|
+ IDSF_DISABLED = 1 shl IDS_DISABLED;
|
|
|
+ IDSF_INACTIVENORMAL = 1 shl IDS_INACTIVENORMAL;
|
|
|
+ IDSF_INACTIVESELECTED = 1 shl IDS_INACTIVESELECTED;
|
|
|
+ IDSF_SELECTEDDISABLED = 1 shl IDS_SELECTEDDISABLED;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ IDSF_MASK = $10000000; // Use for image mask
|
|
|
+ IDSF_DISABLEDMASK = $20000000; // Use for normal disabled mask
|
|
|
+ IDSF_SELDISABLEDMASK = $40000000; // Use for selected disabled mask
|
|
|
+ IDSF_ERASEMASK = $80000000; // Draw mask with color zero
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Values for TVectorInfo.Flags
|
|
|
+ VIF_WMULTIPLY = $0000000F; // Multiplier for width = VIF_REFFONT;
|
|
|
+ VIF_REFFONT = $00000010; // Allows reference font to be specified
|
|
|
+ VIF_IGNOREWIDTH = $00000020; // Ignore IA_Width
|
|
|
+ VIF_IGNOREHEIGHT = $00000040; // Ignore IA_Height
|
|
|
+ VIF_ROUNDEDSCALING = $00000100; // Needs rounded scaling
|
|
|
+ VIF_KEEPASPECT = $00000200; // Preserve aspect ratio of reference size
|
|
|
+ VIF_3DDISABLE = $00000400; // Uses 3D = embossed; disable effects
|
|
|
+ VIF_NOBUFFER = $00000800; // Render without using off-screen bitmaps
|
|
|
+ VIF_PENSHADE = $00001000; // Uses pen shading, needs a map
|
|
|
+ VIF_ALPHASHINE = $00002000; // Uses bright alpha shading, needs a map
|
|
|
+ VIF_ALPHASHADOW = $00004000; // Uses dark alpha shading, needs a map
|
|
|
+ VIF_ALPHASHADE = $00006000; // Uses both bright and dark alpha shading
|
|
|
+ VIF_ALPHABLEND = $00008000; // Uses alpha blending, needs a map
|
|
|
+ VIF_BORDERMASK = $00FF0000; // Specifications for image borders
|
|
|
+ VIF_TBLEFT = $00010000; // Image is for left side of titlebar
|
|
|
+ VIF_TBRIGHT = $00020000; // Image is for right side of titlebar
|
|
|
+ VIF_VERTARROW = $00040000; // Image is for right window border
|
|
|
+ VIF_HORIZARROW = $00080000; // Image is for bottom window border
|
|
|
+ VIF_BRCORN = $00100000; // Image is for bottom-right window corner
|
|
|
+ VIF_SCREENBAR = $00200000; // Image is for screen titlebar
|
|
|
+ VIF_MENU = $00400000; // Image is for menu panel
|
|
|
+ VIF_BUTTON = $00800000; // Image must have a button-like border
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// *** The sysiclass rendering hook interface
|
|
|
+ SR_DRAW = 801; // Render symbol imagery for this state
|
|
|
+ SR_DRAWMASK = 802; // Render symbol shape mask for this state
|
|
|
+ SR_DRAWDISMASK = 803; // Render outline mask for disabling, normal
|
|
|
+ SR_DRAWSELDISMASK = 804; // Render outline mask for disabling, selected
|
|
|
+ SR_DRAWLEVELMAP = 805; // Render pen shade level map (if any)
|
|
|
+ SR_DRAWSHINEMAP = 806; // Render bright alpha shading map (if any)
|
|
|
+ SR_DRAWSHADOWMAP = 807; // Render dark alpha shading map (if any)
|
|
|
+ SR_DRAWALPHAMAP = 808; // Render alpha blending map (if any)
|
|
|
+ SR_DRAWIMAGEFRAME = 809; // Render frame for this image, if any
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// These are the sysiclass-specific values for RenderMsg.rm_Flags
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ SRF_MONOCHROME = $00000001; // Render as monochrome
|
|
|
+ SRF_ISBITMAP = $00000002; // A bitmap will later be applied
|
|
|
+ SRF_HSCROLLERFRAME = $00000004; // Render frame for horizontal scroller
|
|
|
+ SRF_VSCROLLERFRAME = $00000008; // Render frame for vertical scroller
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+///** The sysiclass plugin interface
|
|
|
+// Warning: for style plugin implementors only!
|
|
|
+ SC_GLOBALSTYLE = 0; // Default (fallback) graphic style
|
|
|
+ SC_GLOBALGEOMETRY = 1; // Default (fallback) geometry
|
|
|
+ SC_WINBORDERSTYLE = 2; // Style for window borders
|
|
|
+ SC_WINBFRAMESTYLE = 3; // Style for border gadget frames
|
|
|
+ SC_WINBGADSTYLE = 4; // Style for border gadget symbols
|
|
|
+ SC_GADGETSTYLE = 5; // Style for generic gadget symbols
|
|
|
+ SC_ARROWGSTYLE = 6; // Style for arrow gadget symbols
|
|
|
+ SC_CYCLEGSTYLE = 7; // Style for cycle gadget symbols
|
|
|
+ SC_KHANDLESTYLE = 8; // Style for knob handle symbols
|
|
|
+ SC_MENUSTYLE = 9; // Style for menu images
|
|
|
+ SC_WINBGADGEOMETRY = 10; // Geometry for border gadgets
|
|
|
+ SC_GADGETGEOMETRY = 11; // Geometry for inner gadgets
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PSubStyle = ^TSubStyle;
|
|
|
+ TSubStyle = record
|
|
|
+ Name: STRPTR; // Name of the sub-style
|
|
|
+ Category: Word; // Category it belongs to
|
|
|
+ ID: Word; // Unique style ID for this plugin
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PSysIPlugin = ^TSysIPlugin;
|
|
|
+ TSysIPlugin = record
|
|
|
+ Node: TNode; // Reserved, don't use
|
|
|
+ Version: LongWord; // Version of the plugin
|
|
|
+ Type_:LongWord; // PLUGIN_SYSI
|
|
|
+ Attrs: LongWord; // Type-specific attributes (see below)
|
|
|
+ Flags: LongWord; // Additional information
|
|
|
+ AttrList: PTagItem; // Optional list of GUI attributes
|
|
|
+ Reserved: array[0..3] of LongWord; // For future expansion
|
|
|
+ RenderHook: PHook; // Optional rendering hook
|
|
|
+ VIArray: PVectorInfo; // Optional array of struct VectorInfo
|
|
|
+ Reserved1: Word; // For future expansion
|
|
|
+ GeometryHook: PHook; // Optional geometry hook (see below)
|
|
|
+ SubStyles: PSubStyle; // Table of available sub-styles
|
|
|
+ Reserved2: array[0..3] of LongWord; // For future expansion
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+// Plugin type
|
|
|
+ PLUGIN_SYSI = 1; // Identifies a system imagery plugin
|
|
|
+// Plugin attributes (flags)
|
|
|
+ SPA_WINBORDERSTYLE = $00000004; // NOT SUPPORTED YET
|
|
|
+ SPA_WINBFRAMESTYLE = $00000008; // Plugin exports style for border gadget frames
|
|
|
+ SPA_WINBGADSTYLE = $00000010; // Plugin exports style for border gadget symbols
|
|
|
+ SPA_GADGETSTYLE = $00000020; // Plugin exports style for normal gadget symbols
|
|
|
+ SPA_MENUSTYLE = $00000200; // Plugin exports style for menu symbols
|
|
|
+ SPA_WINBGADGEOMETRY = $00000400; // Plugin exports geometry for border gadgets
|
|
|
+ SPA_GADGETGEOMETRY = $00000800; // Plugin exports geometry for normal gadgets
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// *** The geometry hook interface
|
|
|
+ SG_IMAGEBOX = 901; // Compute box for this (sysiclass) image
|
|
|
+ SG_GADGETBOX = 902; // Compute box for this gadget
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Possible return values from a geometry hook
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ GCB_OK = 0; // Hook understands this message type
|
|
|
+ GCB_UNKNOWN = 1; // Hook does not understand this message
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PImageGeometryMsg = ^TImageGeometryMsg;
|
|
|
+ TImageGeometryMsg = record
|
|
|
+ igm_MethodID: LongWord; // One of the SG_ definitions above
|
|
|
+ igm_RastPort: PRastPort; // Reference RastPort (for the font)
|
|
|
+ igm_DrawInfo: PDrawInfo; // Context information
|
|
|
+ igm_ImageBox: TIBox; // (Output) Box computed by the hook
|
|
|
+ igm_RenderBox: TIBox; // (Output) Box computed by the hook
|
|
|
+ igm_Reserved: LongWord; // Reserved for future use
|
|
|
+ igm_Flags: LongWord; // More information
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Values for igm_Flags
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ IGF_WBARLEFT = $00000001; // Image for left side of window titlebar
|
|
|
+ IGF_WBARRIGHT = $00000002; // Image for right side of window titlebar
|
|
|
+ IGF_SBARLEFT = $00000004; // Image for left side of screen titlebar
|
|
|
+ IGF_SBARRIGHT = $00000008; // Image for right side of screen titlebar
|
|
|
+ IGF_VERTARROW = $00000010; // Image for right window border
|
|
|
+ IGF_HORIZARROW = $00000020; // Image for bottom window border
|
|
|
+ IGF_BRCORN = $00000040; // Image for bottom-right window corner
|
|
|
+ IGF_KEEPLEFT = $00001000; // Use the supplied igm_ImageBox.Left
|
|
|
+ IGF_KEEPTOP = $00002000; // Use the supplied igm_ImageBox.Top
|
|
|
+ IGF_KEEPWIDTH = $00004000; // Use the supplied igm_ImageBox.Width
|
|
|
+ IGF_KEEPHEIGHT = $00008000; // Use the supplied igm_ImageBox.Height
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PGadgetGeometryMsg = ^TGadgetGeometryMsg;
|
|
|
+ TGadgetGeometryMsg = record
|
|
|
+ ggm_MethodID: LongWord; // One of the SG_ definitions above
|
|
|
+ ggm_Window: PWindow; // Reference window (may be nil)
|
|
|
+ ggm_DrawInfo: PDrawInfo; // Context information
|
|
|
+ ggm_BoundingBox: TIBox; // (Output) Box computed by the hook
|
|
|
+ ggm_HitBox: TIBox; // (Output) Box computed by the hook
|
|
|
+ ggm_IAddress: APTR; // Gadget-specific data (see below)
|
|
|
+ ggm_Flags: LongWord; // More information
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Values for ggm_Flags
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ GGF_INITIAL = $00000001; // We are at OpenWindow() time
|
|
|
+ GGF_CALCHSCROLLER = $00000002; // Compute scroller hit box from bounding box
|
|
|
+ GGF_CALCVSCROLLER = $00000004; // Compute scroller hit box from bounding box
|
|
|
+ GGF_CALCHSOVERLAP = $00000008; // Compute scroller/button overlap (in borders)
|
|
|
+ GGF_CALCVSOVERLAP = $00000010; // Compute scroller/button overlap (in borders)
|
|
|
+ GGF_BOUNDED = $00000020; // Container size is passed in ggm_BoundingBox
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+// Specific data for GTYP_TBARGADGET gadgets (pointed to by ggm_IAddress)
|
|
|
+//
|
|
|
+// The geometry hook will use this information to determine the correct position of the gadget passed as object. Both the gadgets already in
|
|
|
+// the window (or screen) and those in the separate list (which always contains at least the object itself) contribute to the calculation.
|
|
|
+// For this kind of gadgets the geometry hook shouldn't depend on the ggm_Window address, since it could be invoked in situations where no
|
|
|
+// window information is available and therefore the address is nil.
|
|
|
+// New for V51: if GGF_BOUNDED is set in ggm_Flags, your hook can read a "nominal" window size (or screen titlebar size, for GTYP_SCRGADGET
|
|
|
+// gadgets) from ggm_BoundingBox. Note that the hook is still expected to initialize ggm_BoundingBox after having read that initial information!
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ PTBGadgetData = ^TTBGadgetData;
|
|
|
+ TTBGadgetData = record
|
|
|
+ DomainGadgetList: PGadget; // Gadgets already attached to window/screen Note: this may be nil
|
|
|
+ GadgetGadgetList: PGadget; // The gadget list containing the gadget we receive as object (this cannot be nil)
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ INTUITIONNAME: PChar = 'intuition.library';
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ IntuitionBase: PIntuitionBase;
|
|
|
+ IIntuition: PInterface = nil;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function IntuitionObtain(): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 60;
|
|
|
+function IntuitionRelease(): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 64;
|
|
|
+procedure IntuitionExpunge(); syscall IIntuition 68;
|
|
|
+function IntuitionClone(): PInterface; syscall IIntuition 72;
|
|
|
+procedure OpenIntuition(); syscall IIntuition 76;
|
|
|
+procedure Intuition_(iEvent: PInputEvent); syscall IIntuition 80;
|
|
|
+function AddGadget(Window: PWindow; Gadget: PGadget; Position: LongWord): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 84;
|
|
|
+function ClearDMRequest(Eindow: PWindow): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 88;
|
|
|
+procedure ClearMenuStrip(Window: PWindow); syscall IIntuition 92;
|
|
|
+procedure ClearPointer(Window:PWindow); syscall IIntuition 96;
|
|
|
+function CloseScreen(Screen: PScreen): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 100;
|
|
|
+procedure CloseWindow(Window: PWindow); syscall IIntuition 104;
|
|
|
+function CloseWorkBench: LongBool; syscall IIntuition 108;
|
|
|
+procedure CurrentTime(var Seconds: LongWord; var Micros: LongWord); syscall IIntuition 112;
|
|
|
+function DisplayAlert(AlertNumber: LongWord; const String_: STRPTR; Height: LongWord): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 116;
|
|
|
+procedure DisplayBeep(Screen: PScreen); syscall IIntuition 116;
|
|
|
+function DoubleClick(SSeconds, SMicros, CSeconds, CMicros: LongWord): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 124;
|
|
|
+procedure DrawBorder(Rp: PRastPort ;const Border: PBorder; LeftOffset, TopOffset: LongInt); syscall IIntuition 128;
|
|
|
+procedure DrawImage(Rp: PRastPort; Image: PImage; LeftOffset, TopOffset: LongInt); syscall IIntuition 132;
|
|
|
+procedure EndRequest(Requester: PRequester; Window: PWindow); syscall IIntuition 136;
|
|
|
+function GetDefPrefs(Preferences: PPreferences; Size: LongInt): PPreferences; syscall IIntuition 140;
|
|
|
+function GetPrefs(Preferences: PPreferences; Size: LongInt): PPreferences; syscall IIntuition 144;
|
|
|
+procedure InitRequester(Requester: PRequester); syscall IIntuition 148;
|
|
|
+function ItemAddress(const MenuStrip: PMenu; MenuNumber: LongWord): PMenuItem; syscall IIntuition 152;
|
|
|
+function ModifyIDCMP(Window: PWindow; Flags: LongWord): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 156;
|
|
|
+procedure ModifyProp(Gadget: PGadget; Window: PWindow; Requester: PRequester; Flags, HorizPot, VertPot, HorizBody, VertBody: LongWord); syscall IIntuition 160;
|
|
|
+procedure MoveScreen(Screen: PScreen; Dx, Dy: LongInt); syscall IIntuition 164;
|
|
|
+procedure MoveWindow(Window: PWindow; Dx, Dy: LongInt); syscall IIntuition 168;
|
|
|
+procedure OffGadget(Gadget: PGadget; Window: PWindow; Requester: PRequester); syscall IIntuition 172;
|
|
|
+procedure OffMenu(Window: PWindow; MenuNumber: LongWord); syscall IIntuition 176;
|
|
|
+procedure OnGadget(Gadget: PGadget; Window: PWindow; Requester: PRequester); syscall IIntuition 180;
|
|
|
+procedure OnMenu(Window: PWindow; MenuNumber: LongWord); syscall IIntuition 184;
|
|
|
+function OpenScreen(const NewScreen: PNewScreen): PScreen; syscall IIntuition 188;
|
|
|
+function OpenWindow(const NewWindow: PNewWindow): PWindow; syscall IIntuition 192;
|
|
|
+function OpenWorkBench: LongWord; syscall IIntuition 196;
|
|
|
+procedure PrintIText(Rp: PRastPort; const IText: PIntuiText; Left, Top: LongInt); syscall IIntuition 200;
|
|
|
+procedure RefreshGadgets(Gadgets: PGadget; Window: PWindow; Requester: PRequester); syscall IIntuition 204;
|
|
|
+function RemoveGadget(Window: PWindow; Gadget: PGadget): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 208;
|
|
|
+procedure ReportMouse(Flag: LongInt; Window: PWindow); syscall IIntuition 212;
|
|
|
+procedure ReportMouse1(Window: PWindow; Flag: LongInt); syscall IIntuition 216;
|
|
|
+function Request(Requester: PRequester; Window: PWindow): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 220;
|
|
|
+procedure ScreenToBack(Screen: PScreen); syscall IIntuition 224;
|
|
|
+procedure ScreenToFront(Screen: PScreen); syscall IIntuition 228;
|
|
|
+function SetDMRequest(Window: PWindow; Requester: PRequester): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 232;
|
|
|
+function SetMenuStrip(Window: PWindow; Menu: PMenu): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 236;
|
|
|
+procedure SetPointer(Window: PWindow; Pointer_: PWord; Height, Width, XOffset, yOffset: LongInt); syscall IIntuition 240;
|
|
|
+procedure SetWindowTitles(Window: PWindow; const WindowTitle: STRPTR; const ScreenTitle: STRPTR); syscall IIntuition 244;
|
|
|
+procedure ShowTitle(Screen: PScreen; ShowIt: LongInt); syscall IIntuition 248;
|
|
|
+procedure SizeWindow(Window: PWindow; Dx, Dy: LongInt); syscall IIntuition 252;
|
|
|
+function ViewAddress: PView; syscall IIntuition 256;
|
|
|
+function ViewPortAddress(const Window: PWindow): PViewPort; syscall IIntuition 260;
|
|
|
+procedure WindowToBack(Window: PWindow); syscall IIntuition 264;
|
|
|
+procedure WindowToFront(Window: PWindow); syscall IIntuition 268;
|
|
|
+function WindowLimits(Window: PWindow; WidthMin, HeightMin: LongInt; WidthMax, HeightMax: LongWord): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 272;
|
|
|
+function SetPrefs(const Preferences: PPreferences; Size: LongInt; Inform: LongInt): PPreferences; syscall IIntuition 276;
|
|
|
+function IntuiTextLength(const IText: PIntuiText): LongInt; syscall IIntuition 280;
|
|
|
+function WBenchToBack: LongBool; syscall IIntuition 284;
|
|
|
+function WBenchToFront: LongBool; syscall IIntuition 288;
|
|
|
+function AutoRequest(Window: PWindow; const Body: PIntuiText; const PosText: PIntuiText; const NegText: PIntuiText; PFlag, nFlag: LongWord; Width, Height: LongWord): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 292;
|
|
|
+procedure BeginRefresh(Window: PWindow); syscall IIntuition 296;
|
|
|
+function BuildSysRequest(Window: PWindow; const Body: PIntuiText; const PosText: PIntuiText; const NegText: PIntuiText; Flags: LongWord; Width, Height: LongWord): PWindow; syscall IIntuition 300;
|
|
|
+procedure EndRefresh(Window: PWindow; Complete: LongBool); syscall IIntuition 304;
|
|
|
+procedure FreeSysRequest(Window: PWindow); syscall IIntuition 308;
|
|
|
+function MakeScreen(Screen: PScreen): LongInt; syscall IIntuition 312;
|
|
|
+function RemakeDisplay: LongInt; syscall IIntuition 316;
|
|
|
+function RethinkDisplay: LongInt; syscall IIntuition 320;
|
|
|
+function AllocRemember(var RememberKey: PRemember; Size: LongWord; Flags: LongWord): APTR syscall IIntuition 324;
|
|
|
+procedure AlohaWorkbench(WBPort: LongInt); syscall IIntuition 328;
|
|
|
+procedure FreeRemember(var RememberKey: PRemember; ReallyForget: LongInt); syscall IIntuition 332;
|
|
|
+function LockIBase(DontKnow: LongWord): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 336;
|
|
|
+procedure UnlockIBase(IBLock: LongWord); syscall IIntuition 340;
|
|
|
+function GetScreenData(Buffer: APTR; Size, Type_: LongWord; const Screen: PScreen): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 344;
|
|
|
+procedure RefreshGList(Gadgets: PGadget; Window: PWindow; Requester: PRequester; NumGad: LongWord); syscall IIntuition 348;
|
|
|
+function AddGList(Window: PWindow; Gadget: PGadget; Position: LongWord; NumGad: LongInt; Requester: PRequester): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 352;
|
|
|
+function RemoveGList(RemPtr: PWindow; Gadget: PGadget; NumGad: LongInt): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 356;
|
|
|
+procedure ActivateWindow(Window: PWindow); syscall IIntuition 360;
|
|
|
+procedure RefreshWindowFrame(Window: PWindow); syscall IIntuition 364;
|
|
|
+function ActivateGadget(Gadgets: PGadget; Window: PWindow; Requester: PRequester): LongBool syscall IIntuition 368;
|
|
|
+procedure NewModifyProp(Gadget: PGadget; Window: PWindow; Requester: PRequester; Flags, HorizPot, VertPot, HorizBody, VertBody: LongWord; NumGad: LongInt); syscall IIntuition 372;
|
|
|
+function QueryOverscan(DisplayID: LongWord; Rect: PRectangle; OScanType: LongInt): LongInt; syscall IIntuition 376;
|
|
|
+procedure MoveWindowInFrontOf(Window: PWindow; BehindWindow: PWindow); syscall IIntuition 380;
|
|
|
+procedure ChangeWindowBox(Window: PWindow; Left, Top, Width, Height: LongInt); syscall IIntuition 384;
|
|
|
+function SetEditHook(Hook: PHook): PHook; syscall IIntuition 388;
|
|
|
+function SetMouseQueue(Window: PWindow; QueueLength: LongWord): LongInt; syscall IIntuition 392;
|
|
|
+procedure ZipWindow(Window: PWindow); syscall IIntuition 396;
|
|
|
+function LockPubScreen(const Name: STRPTR): PScreen; syscall IIntuition 400;
|
|
|
+procedure UnlockPubScreen(const Name: STRPTR; Screen: PScreen); syscall IIntuition 404;
|
|
|
+function LockPubScreenList: PList; syscall IIntuition 408;
|
|
|
+procedure UnlockPubScreenList; syscall IIntuition 412;
|
|
|
+function NextPubScreen(const Screen: PScreen; NameBuf: STRPTR): STRPTR; syscall IIntuition 416;
|
|
|
+procedure SetDefaultPubScreen(const Name: STRPTR); syscall IIntuition 420;
|
|
|
+function SetPubScreenModes(Modes: LongWord): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 424;
|
|
|
+function PubScreenStatus(Screen: PScreen; StatusFlags: LongWord): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 428;
|
|
|
+function ObtainGIRPort(GInfo: PGadgetInfo): PRastPort; syscall IIntuition 432;
|
|
|
+procedure ReleaseGIRPort(Rp: PRastPort); syscall IIntuition 436;
|
|
|
+procedure GadgetMouse(Gadget: PGadget; GInfo: PGadgetInfo; MousePoint: PSmallInt); syscall IIntuition 440;
|
|
|
+function SetIPrefs(Ptr: APTR; Size, Type_: LongInt): APTR; syscall IIntuition 444;
|
|
|
+procedure GetDefaultPubScreen(NameBuffer: STRPTR); syscall IIntuition 448;
|
|
|
+function EasyRequestArgs(Window: PWindow; const EasyStruct: PEasyStruct; IDCMPPtr: PLongWord; const Args: APTR): LongInt; syscall IIntuition 452;
|
|
|
+// 456 EasyRequest
|
|
|
+function BuildEasyRequestArgs(Window: PWindow; const EasyStruct: PEasyStruct; IDCMP: LongWord; const Args: APTR): PWindow; syscall IIntuition 460;
|
|
|
+// 464 BuildEasyRequest
|
|
|
+function SysReqHandler(Window: PWindow; IDCMPPtr: PLongWord; WaitInput: LongInt): LongInt; syscall IIntuition 468;
|
|
|
+function OpenWindowTagList(const NewWindow: PNewWindow; const TagList: PTagItem): PWindow; syscall IIntuition 472;
|
|
|
+// 476 OpenWindowTags
|
|
|
+function OpenScreenTagList(const NewScreen: PNewScreen; const TagList: PTagItem): PScreen; syscall IIntuition 480;
|
|
|
+// 484 OpenScreenTags
|
|
|
+procedure DrawImageState(Rp: PRastPort; Image: PImage; LeftOffset, TopOffset: LongInt; State: LongWord; const DrawInfo: PDrawInfo); syscall IIntuition 488;
|
|
|
+function PointInImage(Point: LongWord; Image: PImage): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 492;
|
|
|
+procedure EraseImage(Rp: PRastPort; Image: PImage; LeftOffset, TopOffset: LongInt); syscall IIntuition 496;
|
|
|
+function NewObjectA(ClassPtr: PIClass; const ClassID: ClassID; const TagList: PTagItem): PObject_; syscall IIntuition 500;
|
|
|
+// 504 NewObject
|
|
|
+procedure DisposeObject(Obj: PObject_); syscall IIntuition 508;
|
|
|
+function SetAttrsA(obj: PObject_; const TagList: PTagItem): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 512;
|
|
|
+// 516 SetAttrs
|
|
|
+function GetAttr(AttrID: LongWord; obj: PObject_; StoragePtr: PLongWord): LongWord; overload; syscall IIntuition 520;
|
|
|
+function GetAttr(AttrID: LongWord; obj: PObject_; var Storage: LongWord): LongWord; overload; syscall IIntuition 520;
|
|
|
+function SetGadgetAttrsA(Gadget: PGadget; Window: PWindow; Requester: PRequester; const TagList: PTagItem): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 524;
|
|
|
+// 528 SetGadgetAttrs
|
|
|
+function NextObject(ObjectPtrPtr: PPObject_): PObject_; syscall IIntuition 532;
|
|
|
+function FindClass(ClassID: ClassID): PIClass; syscall IIntuition 536;
|
|
|
+function MakeClass(const ClassID: ClassID; const SuperClassID: ClassID; const SuperClassPtr: PIClass; InstanceSize: LongWord; Flags: LongWord): PIClass; syscall IIntuition 540;
|
|
|
+procedure AddClass(ClassPtr: PIClass); syscall IIntuition 544;
|
|
|
+function GetScreenDrawInfo(Screen: PScreen): PDrawInfo; syscall IIntuition 548;
|
|
|
+procedure FreeScreenDrawInfo(Screen: PScreen; DrawInfo: PDrawInfo); syscall IIntuition 552;
|
|
|
+function ResetMenuStrip(Window: PWindow; Menu: PMenu): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 556;
|
|
|
+procedure RemoveClass(ClassPtr: PIClass); syscall IIntuition 560;
|
|
|
+function FreeClass(ClassPtr: PIClass): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 564;
|
|
|
+function LockClassList(): PList; syscall IIntuition 568;
|
|
|
+procedure UnlockClassList(); syscall IIntuition 572;
|
|
|
+// 576-596 reserved
|
|
|
+function AllocScreenBuffer(Sc: PScreen; Bm: PBitMap; Flags: LongWord): PScreenBuffer; syscall IIntuition 600;
|
|
|
+procedure FreeScreenBuffer(Sc: PScreen; Sb: PScreenBuffer); syscall IIntuition 604;
|
|
|
+function ChangeScreenBuffer(Sc: PScreen; Sb: PScreenBuffer): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 608;
|
|
|
+procedure ScreenDepth(Screen: PScreen; Flags: LongWord; Reserved: APTR); syscall IIntuition 612;
|
|
|
+procedure ScreenPosition(Screen: PScreen; Flags: LongWord; X1, Y1, X2, Y2: LongInt); syscall IIntuition 616;
|
|
|
+procedure ScrollWindowRaster(Win: PWindow; Dx, Dy, XMin, YMin, XMax, YMax: LongInt); syscall IIntuition 620;
|
|
|
+procedure LendMenus(FromWindow: PWindow; ToWindow: PWindow); syscall IIntuition 624;
|
|
|
+function DoGadgetMethodA(Gad: PGadget; Win: PWindow; Req: PRequester; Message_: TMsg): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 628;
|
|
|
+// 632 DoGadgetMethod
|
|
|
+procedure SetWindowPointerA(Win: PWindow; const Taglist: PTagItem); syscall IIntuition 636;
|
|
|
+// 640 SetWindowPointer
|
|
|
+function TimedDisplayAlert(AlertNumber: LongWord; const String_: STRPTR; Height: LongWord; Time: LongWord): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 644;
|
|
|
+procedure HelpControl(Win: PWindow; Flags: LongWord); syscall IIntuition 648;
|
|
|
+function ShowWindow(Window: PWindow; Other: PWindow): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 652;
|
|
|
+function HideWindow(Window: PWindow): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 656;
|
|
|
+function GetAttrsA(Object_: PObject_; TagList: PTagItem): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 660;
|
|
|
+// 664 GetAttrs
|
|
|
+function LockGUIPrefs(Reserved: LongWord): APTR; syscall IIntuition 668;
|
|
|
+procedure UnlockGUIPrefs(Lock: APTR); syscall IIntuition 672;
|
|
|
+function SetGUIAttrsA(Reserved: APTR; DrawInfo: PDrawInfo; TagList: PTagItem): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 676;
|
|
|
+// 680 SetGUIAttrs
|
|
|
+function GetGUIAttrsA(Reserved: APTR; DrawInfo: PDrawInfo; TagList: PTagItem): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 684;
|
|
|
+// 684 GetGUIAttrs
|
|
|
+function GetHalfPens(DrawInfo: PDrawInfo; BasePen: LongWord; HalfShinePtr: PWord; HalfShadowPtr: PWord): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 692;
|
|
|
+function GadgetBox(Gadget: PGadget; Domain: APTR; DomainType, Flags: LongWord; Box: APTR): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 696;
|
|
|
+procedure RefreshSetGadgetAttrsA(Gadget: PGadget; Window: PWindow; Requester: PRequester; TagList: PTagItem); syscall IIntuition 700;
|
|
|
+// 704 RefreshSetGadgetAttrs
|
|
|
+function IDoSuperMethodA(Cl: PIClass; Object_: PObject_; Msg: TMsg): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 708;
|
|
|
+// 712 IDoSuperMethod
|
|
|
+function ISetSuperAttrsA(Cl: PIClass; Object_: PObject_; TagList: PTagItem): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 716;
|
|
|
+// 720 ISetSuperAttrs
|
|
|
+function ICoerceMethodA(Cl: PIClass; Object_: PObject_; Msg: TMsg): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 724;
|
|
|
+// 728 ICoerceMethod
|
|
|
+function IDoMethodA(Object_: PObject_; Msg: TMsg): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 732;
|
|
|
+// 736 IDoMethod
|
|
|
+function OpenClass(const Name: STRPTR; Version: LongWord; var ClassPtr: PIClass): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 740;
|
|
|
+procedure CloseClass(Cl: PIClass); syscall IIntuition 744;
|
|
|
+function SetDisplayBeepHook(Hook: PHook): PHook; syscall IIntuition 748;
|
|
|
+function LockScreen(Screen: PScreen; Micros: LongWord): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 752;
|
|
|
+procedure UnlockScreen(Screen: PScreen); syscall IIntuition 756;
|
|
|
+function GetWindowAttrsA(Win: PWindow; TagList: PTagItem): LongInt; syscall IIntuition 760;
|
|
|
+// 764 GetWindowAttrs
|
|
|
+function SetWindowAttrsA(Win: PWindow; TagList: PTagItem): LongInt; syscall IIntuition 768;
|
|
|
+// 772 SetWindowAttrs
|
|
|
+function GetWindowAttr(Win: PWindow; Attr: LongWord; Data: APTR; Size: LongWord): LongInt; syscall IIntuition 776;
|
|
|
+function SetWindowAttr(Win: PWindow; Attr: LongWord; Data: APTR; Size: LongWord): LongInt; syscall IIntuition 780;
|
|
|
+procedure StripIntuiMessages(Port: PMsgPort; Win: PWindow); syscall IIntuition 784;
|
|
|
+// 788 Reserved
|
|
|
+// 792 Reserved
|
|
|
+function GetScreenAttrsA(Screen: PScreen; TagList: PTagItem): LongInt; syscall IIntuition 796;
|
|
|
+// 800 GetScreenAttrs
|
|
|
+function SetScreenAttrsA(Screen: PScreen; TagList: PTagItem): LongInt; syscall IIntuition 804;
|
|
|
+// 808 SetScreenAttrs
|
|
|
+function GetScreenAttr(Screen: PScreen; Attr: LongWord; Data: APTR; Size: LongWord): LongInt; syscall IIntuition 812;
|
|
|
+function SetScreenAttr(Screen: PScreen; Attr: LongWord; Data: APTR; Size: LongWord): LongInt; syscall IIntuition 816;
|
|
|
+function LockScreenList(): PScreen; syscall IIntuition 820;
|
|
|
+procedure UnlockScreenList(); syscall IIntuition 824;
|
|
|
+function LockScreenGI(gi: PGadgetInfo; Micros: LongWord): PScreen; syscall IIntuition 828;
|
|
|
+procedure UnlockScreenGI(gi: PGadgetInfo; Rp: PRastPort); syscall IIntuition 832;
|
|
|
+function GetMarkedBlock(Sgw: PSGWork): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 836;
|
|
|
+procedure SetMarkedBlock(Sgw: PSGWork; Block: LongWord); syscall IIntuition 840;
|
|
|
+function ObtainBitMapSourceA(const Name: STRPTR; TagList: PTagItem): APTR; syscall IIntuition 844;
|
|
|
+// 848 ObtainBitMapSource
|
|
|
+procedure ReleaseBitMapSource(BitmapSource: APTR); syscall IIntuition 852;
|
|
|
+function ObtainBitMapInstanceA(BitmapSource: APTR; Screen: PScreen; TagList: PTagItem): APTR; syscall IIntuition 856;
|
|
|
+// 860 ObtainBitMapInstance
|
|
|
+procedure ReleaseBitMapInstance(BitmapInstance: APTR); syscall IIntuition 864;
|
|
|
+procedure EmbossDisableRect(Rp: PRastPort; MinX, MinY, MaxX, MaxY: LongInt; BackType, Contrast: LongWord; Dri: PDrawInfo); syscall IIntuition 868;
|
|
|
+procedure EmbossDisableText(Rp: PRastPort; const Text: STRPTR; Len, BackType, Contrast: LongWord; Dri: PDrawInfo); syscall IIntuition 872;
|
|
|
+procedure PrintEmbossedDisabledIText(Rp: PRastPort; IText: PIntuiText; Left, Top: LongInt; BackType, Contrast: LongWord; Dri: PDrawInfo); syscall IIntuition 876;
|
|
|
+function IntuiTextExtent(Rp: PRastPort; IText: PIntuiText; TextExtent: PTextExtent): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 880;
|
|
|
+function ShadeRectOld(Rp: PRastPort; MinX, MinY, MaxX, MaxY: LongInt; ShadeLevel, BackType, State: LongWord; Dri: PDrawInfo): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 884;
|
|
|
+procedure DisableTemplateRGB(Rp: PRastPort; Left, Top, Width, Height: LongInt; TemplatePtr: TPlanePtr; BrightLevel, DarkLevel: LongWord); syscall IIntuition 888;
|
|
|
+function SetScreenBitMapInstance(Scr: PScreen; ID: LongWord; Source: APTR): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 892;
|
|
|
+function FindMenuKey(Menu: PMenu; Code: LongInt): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 896;
|
|
|
+function BitMapInstanceControlA(BitmapInstance: APTR; TagList: PTagItem): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 900;
|
|
|
+// 904 BitMapInstanceControl
|
|
|
+function ObtainIPluginList(Type_, AttrMask, ApplyMask: LongWord): PList; syscall IIntuition 908;
|
|
|
+procedure ReleaseIPluginList(List: PList); syscall IIntuition 912;
|
|
|
+function OpenGUIPlugin(Name: STRPTR; Version, Type_, AttrMask, ApplyMask: LongWord): PGUIPlugin; syscall IIntuition 916;
|
|
|
+procedure CloseGUIPlugin(Plugin: PGUIPlugin); syscall IIntuition 920;
|
|
|
+function DrawSysImageA(Rp: PRastPort; Left, Top, Width, Height: LongInt; Which, BackType, State: LongWord; Dri: PDrawInfo; TagList: PTagItem): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 924;
|
|
|
+// 928 DrawSysImage
|
|
|
+function DoRender(O: PObject_; Gi: PGadgetInfo; Flags: LongWord): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 932;
|
|
|
+function SetRenderDomain(Rp: PRastPort; Domain: PRectangle): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 936;
|
|
|
+function GetRenderDomain(Rp: PRastPort; Domain: PRectangle): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 940;
|
|
|
+function DrawGradient(Rp: PRastPort; Left, Top, Width, Height: LongInt; Domain: PIBox; Reserved: LongWord; GradientSpec: PGradientSpec; Dri: PDrawInfo): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 944;
|
|
|
+function DirectionVector(Degrees: LongWord): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 948;
|
|
|
+function ShadeRectA(Rp: PRastPort; MinX, MinY, MaxX, MaxY: LongInt; ShadeLevel, BackType, State: LongWord; Dri: PDrawInfo; TagList: PTagItem): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 952;
|
|
|
+// 956 ShadeRect
|
|
|
+procedure DoScrollHook(ScrollHook: PScrollHook; ScrollMode: LongInt); syscall IIntuition 960;
|
|
|
+function ObtainIBackFill(Dri: PDrawInfo; Element, State, Flags: LongWord): PHook; syscall IIntuition 964;
|
|
|
+procedure ReleaseIBackFill(Hook: PHook); syscall IIntuition 968;
|
|
|
+function IntuitionControlA(Object_: APTR; TagList: PTagItem): LongWord; syscall IIntuition 972;
|
|
|
+// 976 IntuitionControl
|
|
|
+function StartScreenNotifyTagList(TagList: PTagItem): APTR; syscall IIntuition 980;
|
|
|
+// 984 StartScreenNotifyTags
|
|
|
+function EndScreenNotify(Request: APTR): LongBool; syscall IIntuition 988;
|
|
|
+procedure DisableTemplate(Rp: PRastPort; Left, Top, Width, Height: LongInt; TemplatePtr: APTR; OffX, OffY: LongInt; TemplateType, BytesPerRow, BackType: LongWord; Dri: PDrawInfo); syscall IIntuition 992;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function OpenScreenTags(newScreen: PNewScreen; const TagList: array of PtrUInt): PScreen;
|
|
|
+function OpenWindowTags(newWindow: PNewWindow; const TagList: array of PtrUInt): PWindow;
|
|
|
+function NewObject(ClassPtr: PIClass; ClassID: PChar; const argv: array of PtrUInt): Pointer;
|
|
|
+function SetAttrs(obj: Pointer; const Tags: array of PtrUInt): LongWord;
|
|
|
+function SetGadgetAttrs(gadget: PGadget; Window: PWindow; Requester: PRequester; const argv: array of PtrUInt): LongWord;
|
|
|
+function EasyRequest(Window: PWindow; const EasyStruct: PEasyStruct; IDCMPPtr: PLongWord; const args: array of PtrUInt): LongInt;
|
|
|
+procedure SetWindowPointer(Win: PWindow; const Tags: array of PtrUInt);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ Intuition macros }
|
|
|
+function INST_DATA (cl: PIClass; o: P_Object): Pointer;
|
|
|
+function SIZEOF_INSTANCE (cl: PIClass): LongInt;
|
|
|
+function BASEOBJECT (o: P_Object): Pointer;
|
|
|
+function _OBJ(o: P_Object): P_Object; inline;
|
|
|
+function __OBJECT(o: Pointer): P_Object; inline;
|
|
|
+function OCLASS(o: Pointer): PIClass; inline;
|
|
|
+function SHIFTITEM(n: SmallInt): Word;
|
|
|
+function SHIFTMENU(n: SmallInt): Word;
|
|
|
+function SHIFTSUB(n: SmallInt): Word;
|
|
|
+function FULLMENUNUM (menu, item, sub: SmallInt): Word;
|
|
|
+function IM_BGPEN(im: PImage): Byte;
|
|
|
+function IM_BOX(im: PImage): PIBox;
|
|
|
+function IM_FGPEN(im: PImage): Byte;
|
|
|
+function GADGET_BOX(g: PGadget): PIBox;
|
|
|
+function CUSTOM_HOOK(gadget: PGadget): PHook;
|
|
|
+function ITEMNUM(n: Word): Word;
|
|
|
+function MENUNUM(n: Word): Word;
|
|
|
+function SUBNUM(n: Word): Word;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+IMPLEMENTATION
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function OpenScreenTags(NewScreen: PNewScreen; const TagList: array of PtrUInt): PScreen;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ OpenScreenTags := OpenScreenTagList(NewScreen, @TagList);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function OpenWindowTags(NewWindow: PNewWindow; const TagList: array of PtrUInt): PWindow;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ OpenWindowTags := OpenWindowTagList(NewWindow, @TagList);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function NewObject(ClassPtr: PIClass; ClassID: PChar; const argv: array of PtrUInt): Pointer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ NewObject := NewObjectA(ClassPtr, ClassID, @argv);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function SetAttrs(Obj: Pointer; const Tags: array of PtrUInt): LongWord;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ SetAttrs := SetAttrsA(Obj, @Tags);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function SetGadgetAttrs(Gadget: PGadget; Window: PWindow; Requester: PRequester; const argv: array of PtrUInt): LongWord;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ SetGadgetAttrs := SetGadgetAttrsA(Gadget, Window, Requester, @argv);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function EasyRequest(Window: PWindow; const EasyStruct: PEasyStruct; IDCMPPtr: PLongWord; const args: array of PtrUInt): LongInt;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ EasyRequest := EasyRequestArgs(Window, Easystruct, IDCMPPtr, @args);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure SetWindowPointer(Win: PWindow; const Tags: array of PtrUInt);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ SetWindowPointerA(Win, @Tags);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function INST_DATA(cl: PIClass; o: P_Object): Pointer; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ INST_DATA := Pointer(PtrUInt(o) + cl^.cl_InstOffset);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function SIZEOF_INSTANCE(cl: PIClass): LongInt; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ SIZEOF_INSTANCE := cl^.cl_InstOffset + cl^.cl_InstSize + SizeOf(T_Object);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BASEOBJECT(o: P_Object): Pointer; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ BASEOBJECT := Pointer(PtrUInt(o) + SizeOf(T_Object));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function _OBJ(o: P_Object): P_Object; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _OBJ := P_Object(o);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function __OBJECT(o: Pointer): P_Object; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ __OBJECT := P_Object(PtrUInt(PtrUInt(o) - SizeOf(T_Object)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function OCLASS (o: Pointer): PIClass; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ OCLASS := P_Object(o - SizeOf(T_Object))^.o_Class;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function SHIFTITEM (n: SmallInt): word; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ SHIFTITEM := (n and $3f) shl 5
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function SHIFTMENU (n: SmallInt): word; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ SHIFTMENU := n and $1f
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function SHIFTSUB (n: SmallInt): word; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ SHIFTSUB := (n and $1f) shl 11
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function FULLMENUNUM (menu, item, sub: smallint): word; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FULLMENUNUM := ((sub and $1f) shl 11) or ((item and $3f) shl 5) or (menu and $1f)
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ The next functons _BGPEN AND _FGPEN aren't a full replacement of the
|
|
|
+ C macros because the C preprocessor makes it possible to set the
|
|
|
+ A/BPen values of the image class objects as well. This can't work
|
|
|
+ in pascal, of course! }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function IM_BGPEN (im: PImage): byte; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ IM_BGPEN := im^.PlaneOnOff;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function IM_BOX (im: PImage): pIBox; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ IM_BOX := pIBox(@im^.LeftEdge);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function IM_FGPEN(im: PImage): byte; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ IM_FGPEN := im^.PlanePick;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function GADGET_BOX(g: PGadget): pIBox; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ GADGET_BOX := pIBox(@g^.LeftEdge);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function CUSTOM_HOOK(gadget: PGadget): pHook; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ CUSTOM_HOOK := pHook(gadget^.MutualExclude);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function ITEMNUM(n: Word): Word; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ ITEMNUM := (n shr 5) and $3F
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function MENUNUM(n: Word): Word; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ MENUNUM := n and $1f
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function SUBNUM(n: Word): Word; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ SUBNUM := (n shr 11) and $1f
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ // Change VERSION to proper values
|
|
|
+ LIBVERSION: LongWord = 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+initialization
|
|
|
+ IntuitionBase := PIntuitionBase(OpenLibrary(INTUITIONNAME, LIBVERSION));
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(IntuitionBase) then
|
|
|
+ IIntuition := GetInterface(PLibrary(IntuitionBase), 'main', 1, nil);
|
|
|
+finalization
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(IIntuition) then
|
|
|
+ DropInterface(IIntuition);
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(IntuitionBase) then
|
|
|
+ CloseLibrary(PLibrary(IntuitionBase));
|
|
|
+end.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
marcus